CA2917364C - Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof - Google Patents

Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CA2917364C
CA2917364C CA2917364A CA2917364A CA2917364C CA 2917364 C CA2917364 C CA 2917364C CA 2917364 A CA2917364 A CA 2917364A CA 2917364 A CA2917364 A CA 2917364A CA 2917364 C CA2917364 C CA 2917364C
Authority
CA
Canada
Prior art keywords
alkyl
compound
optionally substituted
substituted
cyclic ring
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
CA2917364A
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
CA2917364A1 (en
Inventor
Xiao Xu
Xiaobo Wang
Long Mao
Li Zhao
Biao Xi
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Acea Biosciences Inc
Original Assignee
Acea Biosciences Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Acea Biosciences Inc filed Critical Acea Biosciences Inc
Publication of CA2917364A1 publication Critical patent/CA2917364A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CA2917364C publication Critical patent/CA2917364C/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/506—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/46—Two or more oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms
    • C07D239/47—One nitrogen atom and one oxygen or sulfur atom, e.g. cytosine
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/46—Two or more oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms
    • C07D239/48—Two nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/46—Two or more oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms
    • C07D239/48—Two nitrogen atoms
    • C07D239/49—Two nitrogen atoms with an aralkyl radical, or substituted aralkyl radical, attached in position 5, e.g. trimethoprim
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/46—Two or more oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms
    • C07D239/52—Two oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/46—Two or more oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms
    • C07D239/52—Two oxygen atoms
    • C07D239/54—Two oxygen atoms as doubly bound oxygen atoms or as unsubstituted hydroxy radicals
    • C07D239/545—Two oxygen atoms as doubly bound oxygen atoms or as unsubstituted hydroxy radicals with other hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/46—Two or more oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms
    • C07D239/52—Two oxygen atoms
    • C07D239/54—Two oxygen atoms as doubly bound oxygen atoms or as unsubstituted hydroxy radicals
    • C07D239/545—Two oxygen atoms as doubly bound oxygen atoms or as unsubstituted hydroxy radicals with other hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/553—Two oxygen atoms as doubly bound oxygen atoms or as unsubstituted hydroxy radicals with other hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms with halogen atoms or nitro radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms, e.g. fluorouracil
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D473/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems
    • C07D473/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems with oxygen, sulphur, or nitrogen atoms directly attached in positions 2 and 6
    • C07D473/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems with oxygen, sulphur, or nitrogen atoms directly attached in positions 2 and 6 one oxygen and one nitrogen atom, e.g. guanine
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D519/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing more than one system of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring system not provided for in groups C07D453/00 or C07D455/00

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen And Oxygen Or Sulfur-Condensed Heterocyclic Ring Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to pharmaceutical compounds of Formula (Ia), ( see formula Ia) and to compositions and methods of using these compounds for the treatment and/or prevention of a proliferation disorder, a cancer, a tumor, an inflammatory disease, an autoimmune disease, psoriasis, dry eye or an immunologically related disease, and in some embodiments diseases or disorders related to the dysregulation of kinase including EGFR
(including HER), Alk, PDGFR, BLK, BMX/ETK, FLT3(D835Y), ITK, TEC, TXK, BTK, or JAK, and the respective pathways.

Description

HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS AND USES THEREOF
10001] Field of the Invention
[0002] The field of this invention is compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and methods, especially as they are related to compositions and methods for the treatment of a proliferation disorder, a cancer, a tumor, an inflammatory disease, an autoimmune disease, psoriasis, dry eye or an immunologically related disease, and in some embodiments diseases or disorders related to the dysregulation of kinase such as, but not limited to, EGFR (including HER), Alk, PDGFR, BLK, BMX/ETK, BTK, FLT3 (D835Y), ITK, JAK such as JAK1, JAK2, JAK3, TEC and TXK, and the respective pathways.

Background of the Invention
[0003] Protein kinases are a group of enzymes that regulate diverse, important biological processes including cell growth, proliferation, survival, invasion and differentiation, organ fonuation, tissue repair and regeneration, etc. Protein kinases exert their physiological functions through catalyzing the phsophorylation of protein and thereby modulating the cellular activities.
Because protein kinases have profound effects on cells, their activities are highly regulated.
Kinases are turned on or off by phosphorylation (sometimes by autophosphorylation), by binding of activator proteins or inhibitor proteins, or small molecules, or by controlling their location in the cell relative to their substrates. Dysfunctions in the activities of kinases, arising from genetic abnormalities or environmental factors, are known to be associated with many diseases. Several severe pathological states, including cancer and chronic inflammation, are associated with stimulation of intra-cellular signaling, and since kinases positively relay signaling events, their inhibition offers a powerful way to inhibit or control signal transduction cascades.
[0004] The epidenual growth factor receptor (EGFR; ErbB-1; IIER1 in humans) is a member of the ErbB family of receptors, a subfamily of four closely related receptor tyrosine kinases: EGFR (ErbB-1), HER2/c-neu (ErbB-2), Her 3 (ErbB-3) and Her 4 (ErbB-4). EGFR is the cell-surface receptor for members of the epidermal growth factor family (EGF-family) of extracellular protein ligands. Mutations affecting EGFR expression or activity could result in cancer. EGFR is reported deregulated in most solid tumor types, i. e. , lung cancer, breast cancer and brain tumor. It is estimated that mutations, amplifications or misregulations of EGFR or family members are implicated in about 30% of all epithelial cancers.
Therapeutic approaches have been developed based on the inhibition of EGFR by either antibody drug or small molecular inhibitor drug, such as gefitinib and erlotinib. In the case of non small cell lung cancer, gefitinib and erlotinib have shown benefit for 10-40% of the patients.
However, acquired resistant to gefitinib or erlotinib after a period of treatment become a major clinical problem. Research has continued that one main reason resistance developed is due to the present of the new mutation of T790M, which is the gatekeeper of EGFR.
Subsequently, inhibitors can overcome this T790M have been developed and showed advantage in the clinical trial, such as BIBW2992. However, these T790M targeted EGFR inhibitor still has relative inhibitory activity towards wild type EGFR which limit the clinical application. It is needed to further develop more efficient type of EGFR inhibitor which will target mutation only but not the wild type protein.
[0005] Other protein kinases that are useful targets for small molecule pharmaceuticals include B lymphoid tyrosine kinase (BLK), bone marrow kinase on the X
chromosome (BMX/ETK), Bruton's tyrosine kinase (BTK), janus kinase 1 (JAM), janus kinase 2 (JAK2), janus kinase 3 (JAK3), tyrosine kinase expressed in hepatocellular carcinoma (TEC), resting lymphocyte kinase (TXK, also known as RLK), FMS-like tyrosine kinase 3 (FLT3), and FLT3 (D835Y).
Disclosure of the Invention
[0006] In one aspect, the present disclosure provides for a heterocyclic compound having a structure according to Formula I:

HN R-R5 X II (I) R2 -Yy. N

wherein RI is H, or NRcle wherein 12' is H, C1_4 alkyl or 3-7 member cyclic ring, and Rd is H, Ci_4 alkyl, optionally substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl; or 3-7 member cyclic ring substituted with Ra wherein Ra is C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo;

R2 is H, halo, C14 alkyl, or C14 alkoxy;
R3 is H, halo, C14 alkyl, or C14 alkoxy;
R5 is II, halo, Ci_4 alkyl, or C14 alkoxy;
R6 is H, halo, Ci 4 alkyl, or C14 alkoxy; or RI and R5 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl,; or RI and R2 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl; or R2 and R6 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl; or R4 is C2 alkenyl optionally substituted with C14 alkyl, -CH2OCH3, or -CH2N(CH3)2; and X is 0, C14 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, or NRb, wherein Rb is H, or Chs alkyl optionally substituted with halo, Y is CH optionally substituted with halo, or N, wherein at least one of R2, R3, R5 and R6 is not H;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0007] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides for a heterocyclic compound having a structure according to Fonnula II:

(II) wherein RI is H, or NRcle wherein RC is H, C1_4 alkyl or 3-7 member cyclic ring, and Rd is H, C14 alkyl, optionally substituted with OZ, wherein Z is II or Ci_4 alkyl; or NReRf wherein Re is C1_4 alkyl, and Rf is 3-7 member cyclic ring optionally substituted with C1_4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo; or OR wherein Rg is C1_4 alkyl substituted with CH30-, CH3CH20-, CH3(0) 2S-, CF30-, >-0 rµr.;
,or R2 is H, halo, C1_4 alkyl, or C1_4 alkoxy;
R3 is H, halo, C1_4 alkyl, or C1_4 alkoxy;
R5 is H, halo, Ci_4 alkyl, or C1_4 alkoxy;
R6 is H, halo, C14 alkyl, or C1_4 alkoxy; or RI and R5 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C1_4 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C1_4 alkyl; or RI and R2 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl; or R2 and R6 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or Ci4 alkyl; or R4 is C2 alkenyl optionally substituted with C14 alkyl, -CH2OCH3, or -CH2N(CH3)2; and X is 0, C14 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, or NRb, wherein Rb is H, or C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, Y is CH optionally substituted with halo, or N, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0008] In still another aspect, the present disclosure provides for a heterocyclic compound having a structure according to Foimula Ia:

Th Rio R5 X (la) wherein RI is H, or NReRd wherein Re is H, C14 alkyl, C14 alkenyl, or 3-7 member cyclic ring, said C14 alkyl, C14 alkenyl, or 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with OZ or NRiiRp, wherein Z, R11, R12 are independently H or C1_4 alkyl, or said 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with C14 alkyl that is further optionally substituted with OZ or NR11R12, wherein Z, RH. R12 are independently II or C14 alkyl, or said 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with S02(CH2)qH, wherein q is 1-4, or said 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with C14 alkyl that is further optionally substituted with SO2(CH2)4H, wherein q is 1-4, or said 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with RsCO, wherein Rs is C14 alkyl, and Rd is H, Ci_4 alkyl, C14 alkenyl, or 3-7 member cyclic ring, said C14 alkyl, C14 alkenyl or 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with OZ or NRiiRp, wherein Z, R1, R12 are independently H or C14 alkyl; or 3-7 member cyclic ring substituted with Ra wherein Ra is C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, C14 alkoxy or S07(CH2)qH, wherein q is 1-4; or 0(CH2)mS02 (CH?)nH, wherein m is 1-4 and n is 1-4;
R2 is absent, H, halo, C14 alkyl, C14 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NR11R12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or C1_4 alkyl;
R3 is 1-1, hydroxyl, halo, C14 alkyl, C14 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NRIIR12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or C1_4 alkyl;
R5 is absent, H, halo, C14 alkyl, C14 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NR11R12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or Ci_4 alkyl;
R6 is 14, halo, C14 alkyl, Ci_4 alkoxy; or alkylamine (NRIIR12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or C1_4 alkyl;
R7 is H, halo, C14 alkyl, C1_4 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NR11R12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or C14 alkyl;
R9 is II, hydroxyl, halo, C14 alkyl, C14 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NRiiRp), wherein R11 and RI, are independently H or C1_4 alkyl;
Rio is 1-1_-5 hydroxyl, halo, C14 alkyl. C14 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NRiiRp), wherein R11 and are independently H or C14 alkyl; or RI and R5 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, said 3-7 member cyclic being optionally substituted with C14 alkyl optionally substituted with OZ or NRIIR12 wherein Z, R11 and R12 are independently H or C14 alkyl, or said 3-7 member cyclic being optionally substituted with RsCO, wherein R8 is Ci_4 alkyl, or said 3-7 member cyclic being optionally substituted with S02(CH2)qH, wherein q is 1-4; or RI and R2 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl, said C14 alkyl further optionally substituted with halo, OZ, or NRI 11212 wherein Z, R11 and R12 are independently H or C1_4 alkyl, or one or more members of said 3-7 member cyclic ring is optionally part of a carbonyl group or a sulfonyl group; or R2 and R6 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl optionally substituted with OZ or NRI iRi2 wherein Z, R11 and R12 are independently H or C1_4 alkyl;
R4 is C2 alkenyl optionally substituted with C14 alkyl, -CH2OCH3, or -CH2N(CH3)2;
X is 0, C14 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, or NRb, wherein Rb is H, or Ci_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo;
Y is C, CH optionally substituted with halo, or N;
A is C, CH optionally substituted with halo or N; and wherein at least one of R2, R3, R5 and R6 is not H;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0009] In yet another aspect, the present disclosure provides for a heterocyclic compound having a structure according to Foimula Ha:

By (Ha) rN2 wherein RI is H, or NReRd wherein Re is H, C1_4 alkyl or 3-7 member cyclic ring, said 3-7 member cyclic ring optionally substituted with C1_4 alkyl optionally substituted with OZ or NRioRi I wherein Z, R10 and R11 are independently H or C1_4 alkyl, or said 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with R8CO, wherein R8 is C14 alkyl, or said 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with S02(CH2)qH, wherein q is 1-4, and Rd is H, C14 alkyl, optionally substituted with OZ or NR10R1 I wherein Z, R10 and R11 are H or C14 alkyl; or NIeRf wherein Re is C1_4 alkyl, and Rf is 3-7 member cyclic ring optionally substituted with C14 alkyl optionally substituted with halo; or ORg wherein Rg is C14 alkyl substituted with CH30-, CH3CH20-, CH3(0) 2S-, CF30-, >-0 ,\x/e)( lrsrs , or or 3-7 member cyclic ring substituted with le wherein Ra is C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, Ci4 alkoxy or SO2(CH2)qH, wherein q is 1-4, or said 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with R8CO, wherein R8 is C14 alkyl;

R2 is absent, H, halo, C14 alkyl, Ci4 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NR10R11), wherein R10 and Rii are independently H or C14 alkyl;
R3 is absent, II, halo, C14 alkyl, or C14 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NR10R11), wherein Rio and Rii are independently H or C14 alkyl;
R5 is absent, H, halo, C14 alkyl, or C14 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NR10R11), wherein R10 and Rii are independently H or C14 alkyl;
R6 is II, halo, Ci4 alkyl, or C14 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NR10R11), wherein Rio and R11 are independently H or C14 alkyl;
R7 is H, halo, Ci4 alkyl, C14 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NR10R11), wherein R10 and Rii are independently H or C14 alkyl;
R9 is H, halo, C14 alkyl, or C14 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NR10R11), wherein Rio and Rii are independently H or C14 alkyl; or RI and R5 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl optionally substituted with OZ or NR10R11 wherein Z, R10 and R11 are independently H or C14 alkyl; or RI and R2 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl optionally substituted with OZ or R10 and R11 wherein Z, R10 and R11 are independently are H or Ci4 alkyl,;
or R2 and R6 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl optionally substituted with OZ or R10 and R11 wherein Z, R10 and R11 are independently H
or C14 alkyl;
R4 is C2 alkenyl optionally substituted with C14 alkyl, -CH7OCH3, or -CH2N(C113)7;
X is 0, C14 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, or NRb, wherein Rb is H, or C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo:
Y is C, CH optionally substituted with halo, or N;
A is C, CH optionally substituted with halo, or N; and B is C, CH optionally substituted with halo, or N.
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0010] The compound described above can be used for any suitable purpose. In some embodiments, the compound described above can be used in therapy.
[0011] In still another aspect, the present disclosure provides for a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound described above admixed with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
[0012] In yet another aspect, the present disclosure provides for a method for treating and/or preventing a proliferation disorder, a cancer, a tumor, an inflammatory disease, an autoimmune disease, psoriasis, dry eye or an immunologically related disease, or lupus, which comprises administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound described above or a pharmaceutical composition described above.
[0013] In yet another aspect, the present disclosure provides for a use of a compound described above for the manufacture of a medicament.
[0014] In yet another aspect, the present disclosure provides for a combination for treating and/or preventing a proliferation disorder, a cancer, a tumor, an inflammatory disease, an autoimmune disease, psoriasis, dry eye or an immunologically related disease or lupus in a subject, which combination comprises an effective amount of a compound described above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and an effective amount of a second prophylactic or therapeutic agent for treating and/or preventing a proliferation disorder, a cancer, a tumor, an inflammatory disease, a n autoimmune disease, psoriasis, dry eye or an immunologically related disease or lupus in a subject.
[0015] In yet another aspect, the present disclosure provides for a method for treating and/or preventing a proliferation disorder, a cancer, a tumor, an inflammatory disease, an autoimmune disease, psoriasis, dry eye or an immunologically related disease or lupus in a subject, which methods comprises administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of the combination described above.
[0016] In yet another aspect, the present disclosure provides for a method for inhibiting an activity of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk or BTK) or a Janus kinase (JAK), EGFR (including HER), Alk, PDGFR, BLK, BMX/ETK, FLT3(D835Y), ITK, TEC, TXK, and the respective pathways, in a cell or subject, which methods comprises administering to a cell or subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound described above, or a phai inaceutical composition described above, or a combination described above.

Brief Description of the Drawings
[0017] Figure 1 shows reduction of the Btk Tyr223 phosphorylation in Ramos cells by exemplary compounds. Figure IA shows reduction of the Btk Tyr223 phosphorylation in Ramos cells by PCI-32765 (Ibrutinib). Figure 1B shows reduction of the Btk Tyr223 phosphorylation in Ramos cells by Compound No. I-1. Figure 1C shows reduction of the Btk Tyr223 phosphorylation in Ramos cells by Compound No. 1-2.
[0018] Figure 2 shows that compounds I-1 and 1-2 irreversibly inhibited the BTK
phosphorylation in Ramos cells.
[0019] Figure 3 shows dose-dependent inhibition of the BTK phosphorylation in Ramos cells by compound I-1.
[0020] Figure 4A-4N show exemplary western blotting image IC50 curves from several compounds, while PCI-32765 served as positive Btk inhibitor.
[0021] Figure 5A and 5B show that compounds I-1 and 1-2 inhibited the Btk phosphorylation in Ramos cells after 8 hours of removal.
[0022] Figure 6A-6L show exemplary Btk Target Site Occupancy ELISA assay results from several compounds.
Description of Selected Embodiments General Definitions:
[0023] Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as is commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. If a definition set forth in this section is contrary to or otherwise inconsistent with a definition set forth in a patent, application, or other publication that is cited herein, the definition set forth in this section prevails over the definition in the cited reference.
[0024] As used herein, "a" or "an" means "at least one" or "one or more".
[0025] The term "alkyl" as used herein refers to saturated hydrocarbon groups in a straight, branched, or cyclic configuration or any combination thereof, and particularly contemplated alkyl groups include those having ten or less carbon atoms, especially 1-6 carbon atoms and lower alkyl groups having 1-4 carbon atoms. Exemplary alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, hexyl, cyclopropylmethyl, etc.
[0026] Alkyl groups can be unsubstituted, or they can be substituted to the extent that such substitution makes sense chemically. Typical substituents include, but are not limited to, halo, =0, =N-CN, =N-01e, =NRa, -01e, -NRa7, SRa, -SO2Ra, -S02NRa2, -NleS021e, -NRaCONRa2, -NRaCOORa, -NRaCORa, -CN, -COORa, -CONRa,, -00CRa, -CORa, and -NO2, wherein each Ra is independently II, C1-C8 alkyl, C2-C8 heteroalkyl, C3-C8 heterocyclyl, C4-heterocyclyclalkyl, CI-C8 acyl, C2-C8 heteroacyl, C2-C8 alkenyl, C2-C8 heteroalkenyl, C2-C8 alkynyl, C2-C8 heteroalkynyl, C6-C10 aryl, or C5-C10 heteroaryl, and each Ra is optionally substituted with halo, =0, =N-CN, =N-ORb, =NRb, ORb, NRb2, SRb, SO2Rb, SO2NRb2, NRbSO2Rb, NRbCONRb2, NRbCOORb, NRbCORb, CN, COORb, CONRb2, 00CRb, CORb, and NO2, wherein each Rb is independently H, Cl-C8 alkyl, C2-C8 heteroalkyl, C3-C8 heterocyclyl, C4-C10 heterocyclyclalkyl, C1-C8 acyl, C2-C8 heteroacyl, C6-C10 aryl or C5-C10 heteroaryl.
Alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups can also be substituted by C1-C8 acyl, C2-C8 heteroacyl, C6-CIO aryl or C5-C10 heteroaryl, each of which can be substituted by the substituents that are appropriate for the particular group. Where a substituent group contains two Ra or Rb groups on the same or adjacent atoms (e.g., -NRb2, or ¨NRb-C(0) Rb), the two Ra or Rb groups can optionally be taken together with the atoms in the substituent group to which are attached to form a ring having 5-8 ring members, which can be substituted as allowed for the R3 or Rb itself, and can contain an additional heteroatom (N, 0 or S) as a ring member.
[0027] The term "alkenyl" as used herein refers to an alkyl as defined above having at least two carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Thus, particularly contemplated alkenyl groups include straight, branched, or cyclic alkenyl groups having two to ten carbon atoms (e.g., ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, etc.) or 5-10 atoms for cyclic alkenyl groups.
Alkenyl groups are optionally substituted by groups suitable for alkyl groups as set forth herein.
[0028] Similarly, the term "alkynyl" as used herein refers to an alkyl or alkenyl as defined above and having at least two (preferably three) carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. Especially contemplated alkynyls include straight, branched, or cyclic alkynes having two to ten total carbon atoms (e.g., ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, cyclopropylethynyl, etc.).
Alkynyl groups are optionally substituted by groups suitable for alkyl groups as set forth herein.
[0029] The term "cycloalkyl- as used herein refers to a cyclic alkane (L e. , in which a chain of carbon atoms of a hydrocarbon forms a ring), preferably including three to eight carbon atoms. Thus, exemplary cycloalkanes include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Cycloalkyls also include one or two double bonds, which foim the "cycloalkenyr groups. Cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted by groups suitable for alkyl groups as set forth herein.
[0030] The term "aryl" or "aromatic moiety" as used herein refers to an aromatic ring system, which may further include one or more non-carbon atoms. These are typically 5-6 membered isolated rings, or 8-10 membered bicyclic groups, and can be substituted. Thus, contemplated aryl groups include (e.g., phenyl, naphthyl, etc.) and pyridyl.
Further contemplated aryl groups may be fused (i.e., covalently bound with 2 atoms on the first aromatic ring) with one or two 5- or 6-membered aryl or heterocyclic group, and are thus teimed "fused aryl" or "fused aromatic".
[0031] Aromatic groups containing one or more heteroatoms (typically N, 0 or S) as ring members can be referred to as heteroaryl or heteroaromatic groups. Typical heteroaromatic groups include monocyclic C5-C6 aromatic groups such as pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, and imidazolyl and the fused bicyclic moieties formed by fusing one of these monocyclic groups with a phenyl ring or with any of the heteroaromatic monocyclic groups to form a C8-CIO
bicyclic group such as indolyl, benzimidazolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzofuranyl, pyrazolopyridyl, pyrazolopyrimidyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, cinnolinyl, and the like. Any monocyclic or fused ring bicyclic system which has the characteristics of aromaticity in terms of electron distribution throughout the ring system is included in this definition. It also includes bicyclic groups where at least the ring which is directly attached to the remainder of the molecule has the characteristics of aromaticity.
Typically, the ring systems contain 5-12 ring member atoms.
[0032] As also used herein, the terms "heterocycle", "cycloheteroalkyr, and "heterocyclic moieties" are used interchangeably herein and refer to any compound in which a plurality of atoms form a ring via a plurality of covalent bonds, wherein the ring includes at least one atom other than a carbon atom as a ring member. Particularly contemplated heterocyclic rings include 5- and 6-membered rings with nitrogen, sulfur, or oxygen as the non-carbon atom (e.g., imidazole. pyrrole, triazole, dihydropyrimidine, indole, pyridine, thiazole, tetrazole etc.).
Typically these rings contain 0-1 oxygen or sulfur atoms, at least one and typically 2-3 carbon atoms, and up to four nitrogen atoms as ring members. Further contemplated heterocycles may be fused (i.e., covalently bound with two atoms on the first heterocyclic ring) to one or two carbocyclic rings or heterocycles, and are thus termed "fused heterocycle" or "fused heterocyclic ring" or "fused heterocyclic moieties" as used herein. Where the ring is aromatic, these can be referred to herein as 'heteroaryl" or heteroaromatic groups.
[0033] Heterocyclic groups that are not aromatic can be substituted with groups suitable for alkyl group substituents, as set forth above.
[0034] Aryl and heteroaryl groups can be substituted where permitted. Suitable substituents include, but are not limited to, halo, -0Ra, -NRa2, -SRa, -SO2Ra, -SOARa2, -NRaSO2Ra, -NRaCONRa2, -NRaCOORa, -NRaCORa, -CN, -COORa, -CONRa2, -00CRa, -CORa, and -NO2, wherein each Ra is independently H, C1-C8 alkyl, C2-C8 heteroalkyl, C3-C8 heterocyclyl, C4-C10 heterocyclyclalkyl, C1-C8 acyl, C2-C8 heteroacyl, C2-C8 alkenyl, C2-C8 heteroalkenyl, C2-C8 alkynyl, C2-C8 heteroalkynyl, C6-C10 aryl, or C5-C10 heteroaryl, and each Ra is optionally substituted with halo, =0, =N-CN, =N-ORb, =NRh, ORb, NRb), SRb, SO,Rb, SO2NRb2, NRbSO2Rb, NRbCONRh?, NRbCOORb, NRbCORb, CN, COORb, CONRb2, 00CRb, CORh, and NO2, wherein each Rh is independently H, C1-C8 alkyl, C2-C8 heteroalkyl, C3-C8 heterocyclyl, C4-C10 heterocyclyclalkyl, C l -C8 acyl, C2-C8 heteroacyl, C6-C10 aryl or C5-C10 heteroaryl. Alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups can also be substituted by C1-C8 acyl, C2-C8 heteroacyl, C6-C10 aryl or C5-C10 heteroaryl, each of which can be substituted by the substituents that are appropriate for the particular group. Where a substituent group contains two Ra or Rh groups on the same or adjacent atoms (e.g., -NRb2, or ¨Nle-C(0) Rh), the two Ra or Rb groups can optionally be taken together with the atoms in the substituent group to which are attached to form a ring having 5-8 ring members, which can be substituted as allowed for the Ra or Rh itself, and can contain an additional heteroatom (N, 0 or S) as a ring member.
[0035] As also used herein, the terms "imidazopyridine" or "imidazopyrimidine or "thiazopyridine" or "thiazopyrimidine" herein refer to any compound in which the two designated heterocyclic rings are fused by any two adjacent atoms on the two heterocyclic rings.
[0036] The temi "alkoxy" as used herein refers to a hydrocarbon group connected through an oxygen atom, e.g., -0-Hc, wherein the hydrocarbon portion Hc may have any number of carbon atoms, typically 1-10 carbon atoms, may further include a double or triple bond and may include one or two oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atoms in the alkyl chains, and can be substituted with aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and/or heterocyclyl groups. For example, suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy, isopropoxy, methoxyethoxy, benzyloxy, allyloxy, and the like. Similarly, the term "alkylthio" refers to alkylsulfides of the general formula ¨S-Hc, wherein the hydrocarbon portion Hc is as described for alkoxy groups. For example, contemplated alkylthio groups include methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, methoxyethylthio, benzylthio, allylthio, and the like.
[0037] The term 'amino' as used herein refers to the group ¨NH?. The term "alkylamino"
refers to amino groups where one or both hydrogen atoms are replaced by a hydrocarbon group Hc as described above, wherein the amino nitrogen "N" can be substituted by one or two Hc groups as set forth for alkoxy groups described above. Exemplary alkylamino groups include methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, diethylamino, etc. Also, the temi "substituted amino" refers to amino groups where one or both hydrogen atoms are replaced by a hydrocarbon group Hc as described above, wherein the amino nitrogen "N" can be substituted by one or two Hc groups as set forth for alkoxy groups described above.
[0038] The temi `acyl' as used herein refers to a group of the foimula ¨C(=0)-D, where D
represents an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocycle as described above. Typical examples are groups wherein D is a Cl-C10 alkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl or alkynyl, or phenyl, each of which is optionally substituted. In some embodiments, D can be H, Me, Et, isopropyl, propyl, butyl, Cl-C4 alkyl substituted with ¨OH, -0Me, or NH2, phenyl, halophenyl, alkylphenyl, and the like.
[0039] The term "aryloxy" as used herein refers to an aryl group connecting to an oxygen atom, wherein the aryl group may be further substituted. For example suitable aryloxy groups include phenyloxy, etc. Similarly, the term "arylthio" as used herein refers to an aryl group connecting to a sulfur atom, wherein the aryl group may be further substituted. For example suitable arylthio groups include phenylthio, etc.
[0040] The hydrocarbon portion of each alkoxy, alkylthio, alkylamino, and aryloxy, etc. can be substituted as appropriate for the relevant hydrocarbon moiety.
[0041] The term "halogen- as used herein refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
Where present as a substituent group, halogen or halo typically refers to F or Cl or Br, more typically F or Cl.
[0042] The terin "haloalkyl" refers to an alkyl group as described above, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms on the alkyl group have been substituted with a halo group. Examples of such groups include, without limitation, fluoroalkyl groups, such as fluoroethyl, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoroethyl and the like.
[0043] The term "haloalkoxy" refers to the group alkyl-0- wherein one or more hydrogen atoms on the alkyl group have been substituted with a halo group and include, by way of examples, groups such as trifluoromethoxy, and the like.
[0044] The terin "sulfonyl" refers to the group S02-alkyl, S02-substituted alkyl, S02-alkenyl, S07-substituted alkenyl, S02-cycloalkyl, S02-substituted cycloalkyl, S02-cycloalkenyl, S02-substituted cycloalkenyl, S02-aryl, S02-substituted aryl, S02-heteroaryl, S02-substituted heteroaryl, S02-heterocyclic, and S02-substituted heterocyclic, wherein each alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.
Sulfonyl includes, by way of example, methyl-S02-, phenyl-S02-, and 4-methylphenyl-S02-.
[0045] The term "sulfonylamino" refers to the group -NR21S02R22, wherein R21 and R22 independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl. cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic and where R21 and R22 are optionally joined together with the atoms bound thereto to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein -
[0046] The tet __ "aminosulfonyl" refers to the group -SO2NR21K22, wherein R21 and R22 independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic and where R21 and R22 are optionally joined together with the nitrogen bound thereto to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group and alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.
[0047] The term "acylamino" refers to the groups -NR20C(0)alkyl, -NR20C(0)substituted alkyl, -NR20 C(0)cycloalkyl, _NR20c,(0)substituted cycloalkyl, -NR20C(0)cycloalkenyl, -NR20C(0)substituted cycloalkenyl, -NR20C(0)alkenyl, -NR20C(0)substituted alkenyl, -NR20C(0)alkynyl, -NR2 0 C(0)substituted alkynyl, -NR20C(0)aryl, -NR20C(0)substituted aryl, -NR20C(0)heteroaryl, -NR20C(0)substituted heteroaryl, -NR20C(0)heterocyclic, and -NR20C(0)substituted heterocyclic, wherein R2 is hydrogen or alkyl and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.
[0048] The term "alkoxycarbonylamino" refers to the group -NRC(0)OR where each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are as defined herein.
[0049] The tem "aminocarbonylamino" refers to the group -NR20C(0)NR21R22, wherein R2 is hydrogen or alkyl and R21 and R22 independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic and where R21 and R22 are optionally joined together with the nitrogen bound thereto to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.
[0050] It should further be recognized that all of the above-defined groups may further be substituted with one or more substituents, which may in turn be substituted with hydroxy, amino, cyano, C1-C4 alkyl, halo, or C1-C4 haloalkyl. For example, a hydrogen atom in an alkyl or aryl can be replaced by an amino, halo or C1-4 haloalkyl or alkyl group.
[0051] The term "substituted" as used herein refers to a replacement of a hydrogen atom of the unsubstituted group with a functional group, and particularly contemplated functional groups include nucleophilic groups (e.g., -NI12, -SIT, -CN, etc.), electrophilic groups (e.g., C(0)0R, C(X)OH, etc.), polar groups (e.g., -OH), non-polar groups (e.g., heterocycle, aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, etc.), ionic groups (e.g., -Nth), and halogens (e.g., -F, -Cl), NHCOR, NHCONH2, OCH2COOH, OCH2CONH2, OCH2CONHR, NHCH2COOH, NHCH2CONH2, NIISO7R, 0C117-heterocycles, P0311, S0311, amino acids, and all chemically reasonable combinations thereof. Moreover, the term "substituted" also includes multiple degrees of substitution, and where multiple substituents are disclosed or claimed, the substituted compound can be independently substituted by one or more of the disclosed or claimed substituent moieties.
[0052] In addition to the disclosure herein, in a certain embodiment, a group that is substituted has 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents, 1, 2, or 3 substituents, 1 or 2 substituents, or 1 substituent.
[0053] It is understood that in all substituted groups defined above, compounds arrived at by defining substituents with further substituents to themselves (e.g., substituted aryl having a substituted aryl group as a substituent which is itself substituted with a substituted aryl group, which is further substituted by a substituted aryl group, etc.) are not intended for inclusion herein. In such cases, the maximum number of such substitutions is three. For example, serial substitutions of substituted aryl groups specifically contemplated herein are limited to substituted aryl-(substituted aryl)-substituted aryl.
[0054] Unless indicated otherwise, the nomenclature of substituents that are not explicitly defined herein are arrived at by naming the terminal portion of the functionality followed by the adjacent functionality toward the point of attachment. For example, the substituent "arylalkyloxycarbonyl" refers to the group (aryl)-(alkyl)-0-C(0)-.
[0055] As to any of the groups disclosed herein which contain one or more substituents, it is understood, of course, that such groups do not contain any substitution or substitution patterns which are sterically impractical and/or synthetically non-feasible. In addition, the subject compounds include all stereochemical isomers arising from the substitution of these compounds.
[0056] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" means a salt which is acceptable for administration to a patient, such as a mammal, such as human (salts with counterions having acceptable mammalian safety for a given dosage regime). Such salts can be derived from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic bases and from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic acids. "Phaimaceutically acceptable salt" refers to pharmaceutically acceptable salts of a compound, which salts are derived from a variety of organic and inorganic counter ions well known in the art and include, by way of example only, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium, and the like; and when the molecule contains a basic functionality, salts of organic or inorganic acids, such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, formate, tartrate, besylate, mesylate, acetate, maleate, oxalate, and the like.
[0057] The term "salt thereof' means a compound formed when a proton of an acid is replaced by a cation, such as a metal cation or an organic cation and the like. Where applicable, the salt is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, although this is not required for salts of intermediate compounds that are not intended for administration to a patient.
By way of example, salts of the present compounds include those wherein the compound is protonated by an inorganic or organic acid to foim a cation, with the conjugate base of the inorganic or organic acid as the anionic component of the salt.
[0058] 'The compounds and compositions described herein can be administered to a subject in need of treatment for a cell proliferation disorder such as cancer, particularly cancers selected from leukemia, lymphoma, lung cancer, colon cancer, CNS cancer, melanoma, ovarian cancer, renal cancer, prostate cancer, breast cancer, head and neck cancers, and pancreatic cancer. The subject is typically a mammal diagnosed as being in need of treatment for one or more of such proliferative disorders, and frequently the subject is a human. The methods comprise administering an effective amount of at least one compound of the invention;
optionally the compound may be administered in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents, particularly therapeutic agents known to be useful for treating the cancer or proliferative disorder afflicting the particular subject.
Exemplary Compounds Formula I
[0059] In one aspect, the present disclosure provides for a compound of Formula (I):

HN A R-A
RXS (I) NLR

H

wherein RI is H, or NReRd wherein Rc is H, C1_4 alkyl or 3-7 member cyclic ring, and Rd is H, C14 alkyl, optionally substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl; or 3-7 member cyclic ring substituted with Ra wherein Ra is C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo;
R2 is H, halo, C14 alkyl, or C1_4 alkoxy;
R3 is H, halo, Ci_4 alkyl, or C1_4 alkoxy;
R5 is H, halo, C14 alkyl, or C14 alkoxy;
R6 is H, halo, C14 alkyl, or C1_4 alkoxy; or RI and R5 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl; or RI and R2 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is II or C14 alkyl; or R2 and R6 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with Ci_4 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl; or R4 is C2 alkenyl optionally substituted with C14 alkyl, -CH2OCH3, or -CH2N(CH3)2; and X is 0, C14 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, or NRb, wherein Rb is II, or C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, Y is CH optionally substituted with halo, or N, wherein at least one of R2, R3, W. and R6 is not H;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0060] In some embodiments, W is II, and R2 and R6 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or Ci4 alkyl, e.g., methyl. The 3-7 member cyclic ring can be a 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 member cyclic ring. It can be carbon cyclic ring or hetero cyclic ring.
[0061] In some embodiments, W is NReRd and Rc is methyl. In other embodiments, R1 is NReRd and Rc is 3-7 member cyclic ring. The 3-7 member cyclic ring can be a 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 member cyclic ring. It can be carbon cyclic ring or hetero cyclic ring. For example, the 3-7 member cyclic ring can be a C3 cyclic ring. Rd can be C2 alkyl substituted with OZ, and Z is H
or C14 alkyl, e.g., methyl.
[0062] In some embodiments, W is 3-7 member cyclic ring substituted with Ra.
The 3-7 member cyclic ring can be a 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 member cyclic ring. It can be carbon cyclic ring or Ra-1\laN'4 hetero cyclic ring. For example, Rl can be or
[0063] In some embodiments, W is . le can be C14 alkyl optionally substituted with halo or C1_4 alkoxy. For example, Ra can be C14 alkyl substituted with fluoro or Ci_s alkyl N.
Ra--Na substituted with fluoro. In other embodiments, Rl is Ra can be C14 alkyl optionally substituted with halo or C14 alkoxy. For example, Ra can be C1_4 alkyl substituted with fluoro or C1_8 alkyl substituted with fluoro.
[0064] In some embodiments, R2 can be H. In other embodiments, R2 can be halo, e.g., fluoro. In still other embodiments, R2 can be C14 alkyl, e. g. , methyl. or C14 alkoxy, e.g.
methoxy.
[0065] In some embodiments, R5 can be H. In other embodiments, R5 can be halo, e.g., fluoro. In still other embodiments, R5 can be C14 alkyl, e. g. . methyl, or C14 alkoxy, e.g., methoxy.
[0066] In some embodiments, R6 can be H. In other embodiments, R6 can be halo, e.g., fluoro. In still other embodiments, R6 can be C14 alkyl, e.g.. methyl, or C14 alkoxy, e.g., methoxy.
[0067] In some embodiments, RI and R5 can be part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or Ci_4 alkyl, e.g., methyl. In other embodiments, le and R2 can be part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is II or C1_4 alkyl, e.g., methyl. In still other embodiments. R2 and R6 can be part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or Ci_4 alkyl, e.g., methyl. The 3-7 member cyclic ring can be a 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 member cyclic ring. It can be carbon cyclic ring or hetero cyclic ring. For example, the 3-7 member cyclic ring can be a 5 member cyclic ring.
The 5 member cyclic ring can be heterocyclic ring, e.g., a 5 member heterocyclic ring that comprises a N atom.
The C14 alkyl can be C1, C2, C3, or C4 alkyl. For example, Z can be methyl.
[0068] In some embodiments, R3 can be H. In other embodiments, R3 can be halo, e.g., fluoro. In still other embodiments, R3 can be C14 alkyl, e.g., methyl, or C14 alkoxy, e.g., methoxy.
[0069] In some embodiments, R2, R5, or R6 is H or halo and R3 is halo, C14 alkyl, e.g., methyl, or C14 alkoxy.
[0070] In some embodiments, R4 can be unsubstituted C2 alkenyl. In other embodiments, R4 can be C) alkenyl substituted with C14 alkyl, -CH7OCH3, or -CH7N(CH3)7.
[0071] In some embodiments, X can be 0. In other embodiments, X can be C14 alkyl optionally substituted with halo. For example, X can be unsubstituted C14 alkyl, e.g., CH2. In another example, X can be C14 alkyl substituted with halo, e.g., CF2. In still other embodiments, X can be NRb, and Rb can be II, or C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo. For example, Rb can be H. In another example, Rb can be Cl_g alkyl. In still another example.
Rb is C14 alkyl, e.g., C1, C2, C3, or C4 alkyl. The C14 alkyl or C18 alkyl can be substituted with halo, e.g., fluoro.
[0072] In some embodiments, Y can be CH. In other embodiments, Y can be CF or N.
[0073] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides for a compound selected from the group consisting of compound I-1, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, 1-6, 1-7, 1-8, 1-9, 1-12, 1-13, I-14, I-15, I-16, 1-17, 1-18, 1-19, 1-20, 1-21, 1-22, 1-23, 1-24, 1-25 and 1-41 having the Foimula below.

'..N 0 0 0 N -1---...,--'-' N 0 H N 0 s's-- ''' L.,,,,N N 0 N N -..' F $ NN '; H
H H

= N j''''''1.---- F.,..----,N.---,, I IN
H

N --C----- .;1\T 0 N").-."¨"'"-- F
H
F N N.-- F N N ---H H

HN = N-1."-"--- F.....õ.----,N,,,,,, HN 1 N-1¨"=".
NO
H L_24 0 ..,.õF. N "-- H
,,,k , ,,i, , N I \ .1"-- N N ---*
H H

HN 0 N)L.'. F....õ.----.N...----,1 N0 H N L...,õõN 0 F N ''''== H
N.--1.-,--- F N N F
H H

0 . N1*-----1- F.....,,,---,,,F..--.,1 0 N--11--,------ij.."--= ,0 0 N ''' H
L..,,,N ,--1-...õ..,,,F

N, 1N---- NN

HN HN.-11,,,...-, v-L H ,OMe N
N)s\--'OMe NN,,,, II '. 1401 N.."..,N,..--N N
H
() H

HN)--...,..------HN.--11--,----"

HN HN
H H
,11 0. Ill N NI ,A1 N.,-L, 00E13 II 0 NN,----H H

HN.-L.-----' HN

HN HN
H N H
N '' N --1.00H3 II
? 1.1 NN7 Cj e N N ..-{,,...,F

II
0 NN,-----N
H H

HN),,.
HN

H H
N f\I F
II
10# 0 N-----NI: 0.µ- AN
140 N,.........
N N s''),--NF
II
H H

I XNL.--- Y. XSN''A''"
3 NL,...,-R y -- N
YN le - N N
H H
1-21 (X=0, NH, C142, CF2; Y=CH, CI-, N; R3=0CH3, F) 1-22 (X=0, NH, CH2, CF2; Y=CH, CT, N; R3=OCH3, F) N.-1(,,,--X
Oh N.-11-,..,-----N ."----.r,_.-R3 H
H
N--R ---L----H N N
N N-- /
H
1-23 (X=0, NH, CH2, CF2; R3=OCH3, F) 1-24 (X=0, NH, CH2, CF2; R3=OCH3, F) X

111111111 N-J1.-,,N 3 H
0-7- N N''' H
/ H H
1-25 (X=0, NH, CH2, CF2; R3=OCH3, F) 1-41 (X=0, NH, CH2, CF2: Y=CH, CF, N; R3=OCH3, F) Formula II
[0074] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides for a compound of Formula (II):

(II) R2,//\( wherein RI is H, or NRcle wherein RC is H, C1_4 alkyl or 3-7 member cyclic ring, and Rd is H, C14 alkyl, optionally substituted with OZ, wherein Z is II or Ci_4 alkyl; or NReRf wherein Re is C1_4 alkyl, and Rf is 3-7 member cyclic ring optionally substituted with C1_4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo; or OR wherein Rg is C1_4 alkyl substituted with CH30-, CH3CH20-, CH3(0) 2S-, CF30-, >-0 rµr.;
,or R2 is H, halo, C1_4 alkyl, or C1_4 alkoxy;
R3 is H, halo, C1_4 alkyl, or C1_4 alkoxy;
R5 is H, halo, Ci_4 alkyl, or C1_4 alkoxy;
R6 is H, halo, C14 alkyl, or C1_4 alkoxy; or RI and R5 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C1_4 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C1_4 alkyl; or RI and R2 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl; or R2 and R6 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or Ci4 alkyl; or R4 is C2 alkenyl optionally substituted with C14 alkyl, -CH2OCH3, or -CH2N(CH3)2; and X is 0, C14 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, or NRb, wherein Rb is H, or C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, Y is CH optionally substituted with halo, or N, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0075] In some embodiments, RI can be H, and R2 and R6 can be part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C1..4 alkyl, e.g., methyl. The 3-7 member cyclic ring can be a 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 member cyclic ring. It can be carbon cyclic ring or hetero cyclic ring.
[0076] In some embodiments, RI can be NReRd and Re can be C14 alkyl, e.g., methyl. In other embodiments, R' can be N1212d and 12 can he 3-7 member cyclic ring. The 3-7 member cyclic ring can be a 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 member cyclic ring. It can be carbon cyclic ring or hetero cyclic ring. For example, the 3-7 member cyclic ring can be C3 cyclic ring. Rd can be C2 alkyl substituted with OZ, and Z can be Ci_4 alkyl, e.g., methyl.
[0077] In some embodiments, RI can be NReRf, Re can be C14 alkyl, and Rf can be 3-7 member cyclic ring optionally substituted with C14 alkyl optionally substituted with halo. The 3-7 member cyclic ring can be a 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 member cyclic ring. It can be carbon cyclic ring or hetero cyclic ring. For example, the 3-7 member cyclic ring can be 5 member cyclic ring. In another example, the 5 member cyclic ring can be heterocyclic ring, e.g., the 5 member heterocyclic ring that comprises a N atom. The 3-7 member cyclic ring can be substituted with FCH2CH2-. The C14 alkyl can be CI, C2, C3, or C4 alkyl.
[0078] In some embodiments, RI is ORg and Rg is C14 alkyl substituted with CH30-, >-0 \rsrs CH3CH20-, CH3(0)2S-, CF30-, , or . The C14 alkyl can be C1, C,, C3, or C4 alkyl, e.g., C, alkyl.
[0079] In some embodiments, R2 can be H. In other embodiments, R2 can be halo, e.g., fluoro. In still other embodiments, R2 can be C14 alkyl, e.g.. methyl, or C14 alkoxy, e.g., methoxy.
[0080] In some embodiments, R5 can be H. In other embodiments, R5 can be halo, e.g., fluoro. In still other embodiments, R5 can be C14 alkyl, e.g., methyl. or C14 alkoxy, e.g..
methoxy.
[0081] In some embodiments, R6 can be II. In other embodiments, R6 can be halo, e.g., fluoro. In still other embodiments, R6 can be Ci4 alkyl, e.g., methyl, or C14 alkoxy, e.g., methoxy.
[0082] In some embodiments, RI and R5 can be part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl, e.g., methyl. In other embodiments, 121 and R2 can be part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl, e.g.. methyl. In still other embodiments. R2 and R6 can be part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl, e.g., methyl. The 3-7 member cyclic ring can be a 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 member cyclic ring. It can be carbon cyclic ring or hetero cyclic ring. For example, the 3-7 member cyclic ring can be a 5 member cyclic ring.
The 5 member cyclic ring can be heterocyclic ring, e.g., a 5 member heterocyclic ring that comprises a N atom.
The C14 alkyl can be C1, C2, C3, or C4 alkyl. For example, Z can be methyl.
[0083] In some embodiments, R3 can be H. In other embodiments, R3 can be halo, e.g., fluoro. In still other embodiments, R3 can be C14 alkyl, e.g.. methyl, or C14 alkoxy, e.g., methoxy.
[0084] In some embodiments, R2, R5, or R6 is H or halo and R3 is halo, C14 alkyl, e.g., methyl, or C14 alkoxy.
[0085] In some embodiments, R4 can be unsubstituted C2 alkenyl. In other embodiments, R4 can be C2 alkenyl substituted with C14 alkyl, -CH2OCH3, or -CH2N(CH3)2.
[0086] In some embodiments, X can be 0. In other embodiments, X can be C14 alkyl optionally substituted with halo. For example, X can be unsubstituted C14 alkyl, e.g., CH2. In another example, X can be C14 alkyl substituted with halo, e.g., CF,. In still other embodiments, X can be NRb, and Rb can be H, or C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo.
For example, Rb can be H. In another example, Rh can be Ci_g alkyl. In still another example, Rh is Ci_4 alkyl, e.g., C1, C2, C3, or C4 alkyl. The C14 alkyl or C18 alkyl can be substituted with halo, e.g., fluor .
[0087] In some embodiments, Y can be CII. In other embodiments, Y can be CF or N.
[0088] In some embodiments, RI is ORg wherein Rg is C1_4 alkyl substituted with CH30-, CH3CH20-, CH3(0)2S-, CF30-, =Prri\ , or , and R2, R3, R5 and R6 are H. In one example, Rg can be C2 alkyl substituted with CH30-.
I, R2,
[0089] In some embodiments, at least one of RR3, R5 and R6 is not H. For example, one, two, three, four or five of R1, R2, R3, R5 and R6 is or are not H.
[0090] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides for a compound selected from the group consisting of compound I-10, I-11, 1-26, 1-27, 1-28, I-29, I-30, I-31, I-32, I-33, I-34, I-35, 1-36, 1-37, 1-38, 1-39, and 1-40 having the Formula below.
0 o 140 -1.,,%

H H
H H H H

0 -k,-I
lel )1',-.' Y. N X N X
N H

H H H H
1-26 (X-0, NH, CH2, CF2. Y-CH, CF, N) 1-27 (X=0, NH, CH2, CF2, Y=CH, CF, N) 0.
),.. X." N
X N H
H 1\l'----N'Nr-N /0-7-N H H
H H
1-28 (X-0, NH, CH2, CF2) 1-29 (X=0, NH, CH2, CF2) X 0 N )..-H OSN"'LL'"
H
/_,N N 1µ
F---1\1\---1 0 1)nis j ,)S, N'' 1----- ---,---N
H H H H
1-30 (X=0, NH, CH2, CF2; R=H, CH3) 1-31 (Y = CH, CF, N) 0 N F o 0 N1).
k H F,,1 H
6µ,[12_,, F 0 T I 11)s-----"'") H H H H
1-32 (1" = CH, CF, N) 1-33 (V = CFI, Cl-', N) o 14111 FJ)- 0 = INI)L-"--"--H
N)'n N H
H H H H
1-34 (Y = CH, CF, N) 1-35 (Y = CH, CF, N) 14)L--" 0 = N-)L-1---H
N. ,..-1-\\) _ jt, F N N N H -"'"---"N N"-----N
H H H H

F 0 =0 0 N."1"" 0 N
H
.0 0 1\1L--- .0--'o 0 N .'"--1''= --) , ,..õ
F N H N*------N F N N
H H F H H

0 1.1 Nr-N
1-40 (Y = CH, CF, N) Formula III
[0091] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides for a compound of Formula (III):

R2/YN'N

wherein RNTh R wherein le is CO-C14 alkyl-CONH-(C14 alkyl-0),,,-C14 alkyl-NH-(Detectable Label), m being an integer 1-4;
R2 is H, halo, C1_4 alkyl, or Ci_4 alkoxy;
R3 is H, halo, C14 alkyl, or C14 alkoxy;

R5. is H, halo, C14 alkyl, or C1_4 alkoxy;
R6 is H, halo, C14 alkyl, or C14 alkoxy; or RI and R5 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or Ci4 alkyl; or RI and R2 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl; or R2 and R6 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl; or R4 is C2 alkenyl optionally substituted with C14 alkyl, -CH2OCH3, or -CH2N(CH3)2; and X is 0, C14 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, or NRb, wherein Rb is H, or C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, Y is CH optionally substituted with halo, or N, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0092] In some embodiments, in le C14 alkyl can be C1, C2, C3, or C4 alkyl.
[0093] In sonic embodiments, m can be 1, 2, 3 or 4.
[0094] Any suitable Detectable Label can be used. In some embodiments, the Detectable Label is biotin.
[0095] In some embodiments, R2 can be H. In other embodiments, R2 can be halo, e.g., fluoro. In still other embodiments, R2 can be C14 alkyl, e.g., methyl. or C14 alkoxy, e.g., methoxy.
[0096] In some embodiments, R5 can be H. In other embodiments, R5 can be halo, e.g., fluoro. In still other embodiments, lR5 can be C14 alkyl, e.g., methyl, or C14 alkoxy, e.g., methoxy.
[0097] In some embodiments, R6 can be II. In other embodiments, R6 can be halo, e.g., fluoro. In still other embodiments, R6 can be C1_4 alkyl, e.g., methyl, or C14 alkoxy, e.g., methoxy.
[0098] In some embodiments, RI and R5 can be part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl, e.g., methyl. In other embodiments, le and R2 can be part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl, e.g., methyl. In still other embodiments, R2 and R6 can be part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl, e.g., methyl. The 3-7 member cyclic ring can be a 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 member cyclic ring. It can be carbon cyclic ring or hetero cyclic ring. For example, the 3-7 member cyclic ring can be a 5 member cyclic ring.
The 5 member cyclic ring can be heterocyclic ring, e.g., a 5 member heterocyclic ring that comprises a N atom.
The C1_4 alkyl can be C1, C2, C3, or C4 alkyl. For example, Z can be methyl.
[0099] In some embodiments, R3 can be H. In other embodiments, R3 can be halo, e.g., fluor . In still other embodiments, R3 can be C1_4 alkyl, e.g., methyl, or C1_4 alkoxy, e.g., methoxy.
[00100]1n some embodiments, R2, R5, or R6 is H or halo and R3 is halo, C1_4 alkyl, e.g., methyl, or C14 alkoxy.
[00101] In some embodiments, R4 can be unsubstituted C2 alkenyl. In other embodiments, R4 can be C2 alkenyl substituted with C14 alkyl, -CH2OCH3, or -CH2N(CH3)2.
[00102]1n some embodiments, X can be 0. In other embodiments, X can be C14 alkyl optionally substituted with halo. For example, X can be unsubstituted C14 alkyl, e.g., CH2. In another example, X can be C14 alkyl substituted with halo, e.g., CF,. In still other embodiments, X can be NRb, and Rb can be H, or C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo.
For example, Rb can be H. In another example, Rb can be C1_8 alkyl. In still another example, Rb is C14 alkyl, e.g., C1, C2, C3, or C4 alkyl. The C14 alkyl or C1_8 alkyl can be substituted with halo, e.g., fluoro.
[00103] In some embodiments, Y can be CH. In other embodiments, Y can he CF or N.
[00104] hi some embodiments, the present disclosure provides for a compound 1-42 having the Foimula below.
o r'N'jk NH
so p N

HNANH
H ____________ Formula Ia
[00105] In still another aspect, the present disclosure provides for a compound of Folinula (Ia):

Th Rio R5 X (la) Ri wherein RI is H, or NReRd wherein Re is H, C14 alkyl, C14 alkenyl, or 3-7 member cyclic ring, said C14 alkyl, C14 alkenyl, or 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with OZ or NRIIRp, wherein Z, R11, R12 are independently H or C14 alkyl, or said 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with C14 alkyl that is further optionally substituted with OZ or NRI1R12, wherein Z, R11, R19 are independently H or Ci4 alkyl, or said 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with SO2(CH2)qH, wherein q is 1-4, or said 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with C14 alkyl that is further optionally substituted with S02(CH2)qH, wherein q is 1-4, or said 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with R8CO, wherein R8 is Ci 4 alkyl, and Rd is H, C14 alkyl, C14 alkenyl, or 3-7 member cyclic ring, said C14 alkyl, C14 alkenyl or 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with OZ or NRiiRp, wherein Z, Ril, R12 are independently II or Ci_4 alkyl; or 3-7 member cyclic ring substituted with le wherein le is C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, C14 alkoxy or SO2(CH2)4H, wherein q is 1-4; or 0(CH2)mS02 (CH2)nH, wherein in is 1-4 and n is 1-4;
R2 is absent, II, halo, C14 alkyl, C14 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NRiiRp), wherein R11 and Ri2 are independently H or C14 alkyl;
R3 is H, hydroxyl, halo, C14 alkyl, C14 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NRiiRp), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or C14 alkyl;
R5 is absent, H, halo, C14 alkyl, C14 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NR11R12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or C14 alkyl;
R6 is H, halo, C14 alkyl, C14 alkoxy; or alkylamine (NR11R12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or C14 alkyl;
R7 is H, halo, C14 alkyl, C14 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NR11R12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or C14 alkyl;
R9 is H, hydroxyl, halo, C14 alkyl, C14 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NR11R12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or C14 alkyl;
Rio is H¨, hydroxyl, halo, C14 alkyl, C14 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NRiiRp), wherein R11 and are independently H or C14 alkyl; or RI and R5 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, said 3-7 member cyclic being optionally substituted with C14 alkyl optionally substituted with OZ or NR11R12 wherein Z, R11 and R12 are independently H or C14 alkyl, or said 3-7 member cyclic being optionally substituted with WO, wherein R8 is C14 alkyl, or said 3-7 member cyclic being optionally substituted with S02(CH2)qH, wherein q is 1-4; or RI and R2 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl, said C1-4 alkyl further optionally substituted with halo, OZ, or NR11R12 wherein Z, R11 and R12 are independently H or C14 alkyl, or one or more members of said 3-7 member cyclic ring is optionally part of a carbonyl group or a sulfonyl group; or R2 and R6 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl optionally substituted with OZ or NRiiRi, wherein Z, R0 and R12 are independently H or C14 alkyl;

R4 is C2 alkenyl optionally substituted with C1_4 alkyl, -CH2OCH3, or -CH2N(CH3)2;
X is 0, C1_4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, or NRb, wherein Rb is H, or C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo:
Y is C, CH optionally substituted with halo, or N;
A is C, CH optionally substituted with halo or N; and wherein at least one of R2, R3, R5 and R6 is not H;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00106] In some embodiments, RI is H, and R2 and R6 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C1_4 alkyl substituted with OZ or NR11R12 wherein Z, Rii and R12 are independently H or C1_4 alkyl.
[00107] In some embodiments, RI is NReRd and Re is H.
[00108] In some embodiments, RI is NReRd and Re is C14 alkyl, e.g., methyl, optionally substituted with OZ or NR11R12, wherein Z, R1, R12 are independently H or C14 alkyl.
[00109] In some embodiments, RI is NReRd and Re is C14 alkenyl, optionally substituted with OZ or NR1 1R12, wherein Z, R11, RI, are independently H or C1_4 alkyl.
[00110] In some embodiments, RI is NReRd and Re is 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with OZ or NRiiRp, wherein Z, R1, R12 are independently H or C14 alkyl.
[00111] In some embodiments, RI is NReRd and Re is 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with C1_4 alkyl that is further optionally substituted with OZ or NR1 1R12, wherein Z, Rii, R12 are independently H or C1_4 alkyl.
[00112] In some embodiments, RI is NReRd and Re is 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with S02(CH2)qH, wherein q is 1-4.
[00113] In some embodiments, the 3-7 member cyclic ring is a 5 member cyclic ring that comprises a N atom, the H linked to the N atom is substituted with S02(CH2)qH, wherein q is 1-4, e.g., q is 1.
[00114] In some embodiments, RI is NReRd and Re is 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with C1_4 alkyl that is further optionally substituted with S02(CH2)qH, wherein q is 1-4. The 3-7 member cyclic ring can be a 5 member cyclic ring that comprises a N
atom, the H linked to the N atom is substituted with C1_4 alkyl that is further substituted with S02(CH2)qH, wherein q is 1-4. The H linked to the N atom is substituted with C2 alkyl that is further substituted with SO2CH3.
[00115] In some embodiments, RI is NReRd and Re is 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with R8CO, wherein R8 is C14 alkyl. Rl can be NReRd and Re is a 5 member cyclic ring that comprises a N atom, the H linked to the N atom is substituted with R8CO, wherein R8 is C14 alkyl. The H linked to the N atom can be substituted with CH3CO.
[00116] In some embodiments, Rd is II. In other embodiments, Rd is C14 alkyl, optionally substituted with OZ or NRI I RI 2, wherein Z, 1211, R12 are independently H or Ci4 alkyl. In still other embodiments, Rd is C14 alkenyl, optionally substituted with OZ or NRi1R12, wherein Z.
Rii, R12 are independently H or C14 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, Rd is 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with OZ or NR 11R12, wherein Z, R11, R12 are independently H or C14 alkyl.
[00117] In some embodiments, Re is a 5 member cyclic ring that comprises a N
atom, the H
linked to the N atom is substituted with C14 alkyl that is further substituted with OZ, wherein Z
is independently C14 alkyl, and Rd is 3-7 member cyclic ring, e.g., C3 cyclic ring.
[00118] In some embodiments, RI is 3-7 member cyclic ring substituted with Ra wherein Ra is C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, C14 alkoxy or S02(C1-17)qH, wherein q is 1-4. The 3-7 member cyclic ring can comprise a N atom. The H linked to the N atom can be substituted with halo, C14 alkoxy or S02(CH2)qH, wherein q is 1-4.
[00119] le can be any suitable 3-7 member cyclic ring. In some embodiments, R1 is selected from the group consisting of Rb Rb Ra-Ra vrj
[00120] \
Rb Rb Re Ra_ , and N , Ra is C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, C14 alkoxy or S02(CH2)qH, wherein q is 1-4, and Rb is H
or C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, Ci_4 alkoxy or S02(CH2)qH, wherein q is 1-4.
In other RN
embodiments, R1 is selected from the group consisting of , Ra Rb Rb Rb Ra and Rb Ra . In still other embodiments, RI is e , and IV
is C2 alkyl further Ra,N
substituted with methoxy. In yet other embodiments, 121 is e, and Ra is C2 alkyl further substituted with SO2CHR.
[00121] In some embodiments, RI is 0(CH2)111S02(CH2)nH, wherein m is 1-4 and n is 1-4. For example, 121 can be 0(CH2)2S02CH3.
[00122] In some embodiments, R2 is absent, II or halo. In other embodiments, R2 is Ci_4 alkyl or Ci_4 alkoxy. In still other embodiments, R2 is alkylamine (NRIIR12), and R11 and R12 are independently H or C1_4 alkyl.
[00123] In some embodiments, R3 is H. In other embodiments, R3 is hydroxyl. In still other embodiments, R3 is halo, Ci 4 alkyl, Ci 4 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NRIIR12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or C14 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R1 is , and Ra is Ci_s alkyl optionally substituted with halo, C14 alkoxy or S02(CH2)qH, wherein q is 1-4.
[00124] In some embodiments, le is absent or H. In other embodiments, R5 is halo. In still other embodiments, R5 is C14 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R5 is C14 alkoxy. In yet other embodiments, Rs is alkylamine (NR11R12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or Ci_4 alkyl.
[00125] In some embodiments, R6 is II. In other embodiments, R6 is halo. In still other embodiments, R6 is C14 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R6 is C14 alkoxy. In yet other embodiments, R6 is alkylamine (NR11R12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or Ci4 alkyl.
[00126] In some embodiments, R7 is II. In other embodiments, R7 is halo. In still other embodiments, R7 is Ci4 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R7 is C14 alkoxy, e.g., methoxy. In yet other embodiments, R7 is alkylamine (NR11R12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or C14 alkyl.
[00127] In some embodiments, R9 is H. In other embodiments, R9 is halo. In still other embodiments, R9 is C14 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R9 is C14 alkoxy. In yet other embodiments. R9 is alkylamine (NR11R12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or Ci_4 alkyl.
[00128] In some embodiments, RI is H. In other embodiments, R' is halo. In still other embodiments, Rm is C14 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R1 is C1_4 alkoxy. In yet other embodiments, Rl is alkylamine (NRi1R12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or Ci_4 alkyl.
[00129] In some embodiments, RI and R5 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, said 3-7 member cyclic being optionally substituted with C1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with OZ or NRI1R12 wherein Z, R11 and R12 are independently H or C14 alkyl. In other embodiments, Rl and Rs are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, said 3-7 member cyclic being optionally substituted with R8CO, wherein R8 is C14 alkyl. For example, the 3-7 member cyclic ring is substituted with CII3CO. In still other embodiments, Rl and R5 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, said 3-7 member cyclic being optionally substituted with S02(CH2)qH, wherein q is 1-4.
For example, the 3-7 member cyclic is substituted with SO2CH3.
[00130] In some embodiments, RI and R2 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl, said C14 alkyl further optionally substituted with halo, OZ, or NRI1R12 wherein Z, R11 and R12 are independently H or C14 alkyl. In other embodiments, le and R2 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, and one or more members of said 3-7 member cyclic ring is optionally part of a carbonyl group or a sulfonyl group. The carbonyl group can be an amide or an ester group.
[00131] In some embodiments, R2 and R6 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted optionally with OZ or NRI Ri2 wherein Z, R11 and RI2 are independently H or C1_4 alkyl.
[00132] In some embodiments, R4 is unsubstituted C2 alkenyl. In other embodiments, R4 is C2 alkenyl substituted with C14 alkyl. For example, R4 can be C2 alkenyl substituted with -CH2OCI-L, or -CH2N(CH3)9.
[00133] In some embodiments, X is 0. In other embodiments, X is unsubstituted C14 alkyl, e.g., CH2, or C14 alkyl substituted with halo, e.g., CF2. In still other embodiments, X is NRb, and Rb is H, or C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo.
[00134] In some embodiments, Y is C. In other embodiments, Y is CH or CH
substituted with halo, e.g., CF2. In still other embodiments, Y is N.
[00135] In some embodiments, A is C. In other embodiments, A is CH or CH
substituted with halo, e.g., CF2. In still other embodiments, A is N.
[00136] In some embodiments, the 3-7 member cyclic ring is a 3 member cyclic ring. In other embodiments, the 3-7 member cyclic ring is a 4 member cyclic ring. In still other embodiments, the 3-7 member cyclic ring is a 5 member cyclic ring. In yet embodiments, the 3-7 member cyclic ring is a 6 member cyclic ring. In yet embodiments, the 3-7 member cyclic ring is a 7 member cyclic ring.
[00137] In some embodiments, the 3-7 member cyclic ring is hydrocarbon 3-7 member cyclic ring. In other embodiments, the 3-7 member cyclic ring is a heterocyclic ring.
For example, the heterocyclic ring can comprise one or more N atom.
[00138] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides for a compound selected from the group consisting of compound I-1, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, 1-6, 1-7, 1-8, 1-9, I-12, I-13, I-14, I-15, I-16, 1-17, 1-18, 1-19, 1-20, 1-21, 1-22, 1-23, 1-24, 1-25, 1-41, I-23a, I-25a, I-28a, I-29a, I-30a, I-31a, I-32a, I-33a, I-34a, I-35a, I-38a, I-39a, I-42a, I-43a, I-44a, I-45a, I-50a, I-51a, I-52a, I-53a, I-54a, I-55a, I-56a, I-57a, I-58a, I-59a, I-60a, I-66a, I-70a, and I-72a.

Formula Ha
[00139] In still another aspect, the present disclosure provides for a compound of Foimula (Ha):

Th R7 Rg R1 By Pµo- R3 (Ha) wherein RI is H, or NReRd wherein Re is II, C14 alkyl or 3-7 member cyclic ring, said 3-7 member cyclic ring optionally substituted with C14 alkyl optionally substituted with OZ or NRioRi i wherein Z, R10 and R11 are independently H or C14 alkyl, or said 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with R8CO, wherein R8 is C14 alkyl, or said 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with S02(CII2)qH, wherein q is 1-4, and Rd is II, Ci4 alkyl, optionally substituted with OZ or NRioRii wherein Z, Rio and R11 are H or C14 alkyl; or NReRf wherein Re is Ci4 alkyl, and Rf is 3-7 member cyclic ring optionally substituted with C14 alkyl optionally substituted with halo; or OR wherein Rg is C14 alkyl substituted with CH30-, CH3CH20-, CH3(0) 2S-, CF30-, >-0 , or or 3-7 member cyclic ring substituted with Ra wherein Ra is Ci_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, C14 alkoxy or S02(CH2)qH, wherein q is 1-4, or said 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with RsCO, wherein R8 is Ci4 alkyl;
R2 is absent, H, halo, C14 alkyl, C14 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NR10R11), wherein R10 and R11 are independently H or C14 alkyl;
R3 is absent, H, halo, C14 alkyl, or C14 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NRioRii), wherein R10 and Rii are independently II or C14 alkyl;
R5 is absent, H, halo, C 14 alkyl, or Ci _4 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NRioRi 1), wherein R10 and R11 are independently H or C14 alkyl;
R6 is H, halo, C14 alkyl, or C14 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NRioRii), wherein R10 and R11 are independently H or C14 alkyl;
R7 is H, halo, C14 alkyl, Ci4 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NRioRil), wherein R10 and Rii are independently H or C14 alkyl;
R9 is H, halo, C14 alkyl, or C14 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NRioRii), wherein R10 and R11 are independently H or C14 alkyl; or RI and R5 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl optionally substituted with OZ or NR10R11 wherein Z, R10 and R11 are independently H or Ci4 alkyl; or RI and R2 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl optionally substituted with OZ or R10 and R11 wherein Z, R10 and R11 are independently are H or C14 alkyl,;
or R2 and R6 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl optionally substituted with OZ or R10 and R11 wherein Z, Rio and R11 are independently H
or C14 alkyl;
R4 is C2 alkenyl optionally substituted with C14 alkyl, -CH2OCH3, or -CH2N(CH3)2;
X is 0, C14 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, or NRb, wherein Rb is II, or Ci_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo;
Y is C, CH optionally substituted with halo, or N;
A is C, CH optionally substituted with halo, or N; and B is C, CH optionally substituted with halo, or N.
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00140] In some embodiments, RI is H, and R2 and R6 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl optionally substituted with OZ or R10 and R11 wherein Z, R10 and Rii are independently II or Ci_4 alkyl.
[00141] In some embodiments, RI is NReRd and Re is H. In other embodiments, RI
is NReRd and Re is C14 alkyl.
[00142] In some embodiments, RI is NReRd and Re is 3-7 member cyclic ring, said 3-7 member cyclic ring optionally substituted with Ci_4 alkyl optionally substituted with OZ or NRioRii wherein Z, R10 and R11 are independently H or Ci4 alkyl. Said 3-7 member cyclic ring can be substituted with C2 alkyl substituted with methoxy.
[00143] In some embodiments, RI is NReRd and Re is 3-7 member cyclic ring, said 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with R8CO, wherein R8 is C14 alkyl. Said 3-7 member cyclic ring can be substituted with CH3CO.
[00144] In some embodiments, RI is NReRd and Re is 3-7 member cyclic ring, said 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with S02(CH2)qH, wherein q is 1-4. For example, said 3-7 member cyclic ring can be substituted with CH3S02.
[00145] In some embodiments, Rd is H. In other embodiments, Rd is C1_4 alkyl, optionally substituted with OZ or NR10R11 wherein Z, Rio and R11 are H or C14 alkyl.
[00146] In some embodiments, RI is NReRf and Re is C14 alkyl. In other embodiments, R1 is NReRf and Rf is 3-7 member cyclic ring optionally substituted with C14 alkyl optionally substituted with halo.
[00147] In some embodiments, RI is ORg wherein Rg is C14 alkyl substituted with CH30-, >-0 rµrsi CH3CH20-, C112(0) 2S-, CF30-, =P' , or
[00148] In some embodiments, RI is 3-7 member cyclic ring substituted with Ra wherein Ra is C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, C14 alkoxy or S02(CH2)qH, wherein q is 1-4. For example, R2 can be C2 alkyl substituted with methoxy. In another example, Ra is CH3S02CF2CH2.
[00149] In some embodiments, RI is 3-7 member cyclic ring, said 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with R8CO, wherein R8 is C14 alkyl. For example, said 3-7 member cyclic ring can be substituted with CH3CO.

[0001] RI can be any suitable 3-7 member cyclic ring. In some embodiments, 121 is selected from the group consisting of N Rb Rb Ra _________ N\ cs Ra N 1 /I \-----N-1-- Ra_N-ss-sSSL
[00150] sS\ L----..../ , Rb Rb .------\ 1 Ra 555 Ra __________________________ ...,... ..,/' L-.N/
N
, and ,Ra is Chs alkyl optionally substituted with halo, C1_4 alkoxy or S02(CH2)qH, wherein q is 1-4, and Rh is H or C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, CI 4 alkoxy or S02(CH2)qH, wherein q is 1-4.
In other Ra,N,=-=
N.
embodiments, le is selected from the group consisting of Ra..,.., Rb Rb Rb Ra _......N
---- \
N \...._,-- -........sssIs N-\
......,¨N-.....sssS ..-'--\
.....õ¨N¨.....s5s5 ------j ------.." Ra¨N, .../
and , , Rb ........õ--N¨....sss5 iii I Ra,N
Lõ,.,N.
Ra . In still other embodiments, Rl is ,& , and Ra is C2 alkyl further Ra,N,Th L.,., N 4 substituted with methoxy. In yet other embodiments, 121 is e, and Ra is C2 alkyl further substituted with SO2CH3.
[00151] In some embodiments, R2 is absent or H. In other embodiments, R2 is halo. In still other embodiments, R2 is C14 alkyl or C14 alkoxy. In yet embodiments, R2 is alkylamine (NRioRii), wherein R10 and R11 are independently II or Ci_4 alkyl.
[00152] In some embodiments, R3 is absent. In other embodiments, R3 is H. In still other embodiments, R3 is halo. In yet embodiments, R3 is C14 alkyl. In yet embodiments, R3 is C14 alkoxy. In yet embodiments, R3 is alkylamine (NRioRip, wherein R10 and R11 are independently II or C14 alkyl.
[00153] In some embodiments, R5 is absent. In other embodiments, R5 is H. In still other embodiments, R5 is halo. In yet embodiments, le is C14 alkyl. In yet embodiments, R5 is C14 alkoxy. In yet embodiments, R5 is alkylamine (NRioRii), wherein R10 and R11 are independently H or C14 alkyl.
[00154] In some embodiments, R6 is H. In other embodiments, R6 is halo. In still other embodiments, R6 is C14 alkyl. In yet embodiments, R6 is Ci4 alkoxy. In yet embodiments, R6 is alkylamine (NR10R11), wherein R10 and R11 are independently H or C14 alkyl.
[00155] In some embodiments, R7 is H. In other embodiments, R7 is halo. In still other embodiments, R7 is C14 alkyl. In yet embodiments, R7 is C14 alkoxy. In yet embodiments, R7 is alkylamine (NR10R11), wherein R10 and R11 are independently H or C14 alkyl.
[00156] In some embodiments, R9 is H. In other embodiments, R9 is halo. In still other embodiments, R9 is C14 alkyl. In yet embodiments, R9 is C14 alkoxy. In yet embodiments, R9 is alkylamine (NRI0R11), wherein R10 and R11 are independently H or C14 alkyl.
[00157] In some embodiments, RI and R5 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl optionally substituted with OZ or NR10R1 I wherein Z, R10 and R11 are independently H or C14 alkyl.
[00158] In some embodiments, RI and R2 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl optionally substituted with OZ or R10 and R11 wherein Z, 1210 and R11 are independently are H or C14 alkyl.
[00159] In some embodiments, R2 and R6 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl optionally substituted with OZ or R10 and R11 wherein Z, R10 and R11 are independently H or C14 alkyl.
[00160] In some embodiments, X is 0. In other embodiments, X is unsubstituted C1_4 alkyl, e.g., CH2, or C14 alkyl substituted with halo, e.g., CF2. In still other embodiments, X is NRb, and Rb is II, or C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo.
[00161] In some embodiments, Y is C. In other embodiments, Y is CH or CH
substituted with halo, e.g., CF. In still other embodiments, Y is N.
[00162] In some embodiments, A is C. In other embodiments, A is CH or CH
substituted with halo, e.g., CF. In still other embodiments, A is N.
[00163] In some embodiments, B is C. In other embodiments, B is CH or CH
substituted with halo, e.g., CF. In still other embodiments, B is N.
[00164] In some embodiments, the 3-7 member cyclic ring is a 3 member cyclic ring. In other embodiments, the 3-7 member cyclic ring is a 4 member cyclic ring. In still other embodiments, the 3-7 member cyclic ring is a 5 member cyclic ring. In yet embodiments, the 3-7 member cyclic ring is a 6 member cyclic ring. In yet embodiments, the 3-7 member cyclic ring is a 7 member cyclic ling.
[00165] In some embodiments, the 3-7 member cyclic ring is hydrocarbon 3-7 member cyclic ring. In other embodiments, the 3-7 member cyclic ring is a heterocyclic ring.
For example, the heterocyclic ring can comprise one or more N atom.
[00166] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides for a compound selected from the group consisting of compound I-10. I-11, 1-26, 1-27, 1-28, 1-29, 1-30, 1-31, 1-32, 1-33, 1-34, I-35, 1-36, 1-37, 1-38, 1-39, 1-40, I-24a, 1-26a, I-27a, I-36a, I-37a, I-40a, I-41a, I-46a, I-47a, I-48a, I-49a, I-61a, I-62a, I-63a, I-64a, I-65a, I-67a, I-68a, I-69a, and I-71a.
Pharmaceutical compositions, combinations, and other related uses
[00167] In still another aspect, the present disclosure provides for a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound described above admixed with at least one phannaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
[00168] The above described compounds can be used for any suitable purpose.
For example, the present compounds can be used in therapy and/or testing.
[00169] In yet another aspect, the present disclosure provides for a method for treating and/or preventing a proliferation disorder, a cancer, a tumor, an inflammatory disease, an autoimmune disease, psoriasis, dry eye or an immunologically related disease, or lupus, which comprises administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound described above or a pharmaceutical composition described above.
[00170] In yet another aspect, the present disclosure provides for a use of a compound described above for the manufacture of a medicament.
[00171] In yet another aspect, the present disclosure provides for a combination for treating and/or preventing a proliferation disorder, a cancer, a tumor, an inflammatory disease, an autoimmune disease, psoriasis, dry eye or an immunologically related disease or lupus in a subject, which combination comprises an effective amount of a compound described above, or a phaimaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and an effective amount of a second prophylactic or therapeutic agent for treating and/or preventing a proliferation disorder, a cancer, a tumor, an inflammatory disease, an autoimmune disease, psoriasis, dry eye or an immunologically related disease or lupus in a subject.
[00172] In yet another aspect, the present disclosure provides for a method for treating and/or preventing a proliferation disorder, a cancer, a tumor, an inflammatory disease, an autoimmune disease, psoriasis, dry eye or an immunologically related disease or lupus in a subject, which methods comprises administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of the combination described above.
[00173] In yet another aspect, the present disclosure provides for a method for inhibiting an activity of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk or BTK) or a Janus kinase (JAK) EGFR (including HER), Alk, PDGFR, BLK, BMX/ETK, FLT3(D835Y), ITK, TEC, TXK, and the respective pathways, in a cell or subject, which methods comprises administering to a cell or subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound described above, or a pharmaceutical composition described above, or a combination described above.
[00174] The present methods can be used to inhibit an activity of any suitable Btk, BTK or JAK. In some embodiments, the present methods can be used to inhibit an activity of JAKE
JAK2 or JAK3.
[00175] The present methods can be used for any suitable purpose. In some embodiments, the present methods can be used to treat and/or prevent a proliferation disorder, a cancer, a tumor, an inflammatory disease, an autoimmune disease. psoriasis, dry eye or an immunologically related disease or lupus in the subject. The present methods can be used to treat and/or prevent any suitable proliferation disorder. Exemplary proliferation disorders include sarcoma, epidermoid cancer, fibrosarcoma, cervical cancer, gastric carcinoma, skin cancer, leukemia, lymphoma, lung cancer, non- small cell lung cancer, colon cancer, CNS
cancer, melanoma, ovarian cancer, renal cancer, prostate cancer, breast cancer, liver cancer, head and neck cancers, and pancreatic cancer.
[00176] In some embodiments, any of the compound selected from the group consisting of compound I-1, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, 1-6, 1-7, 1-8, 1-9, 1-12, 1-13, 1-14, 1-15, 1-16, 1-17, 1-18, 1-19, 1-20, 1-21, 1-22, 1-23, 1-24, 1-25, 1-41, I-23a, 1-25a, I-28a, I-29a, I-30a, I-31a, 1-32a, 1-33a, I-34a, I-35a, I-38a, I-39a, I-42a, I-43a, I-44a, I-45a, I-50a, I-51a, I-52a, I-53a, I-54a, I-55a, I-56a, I-57a, 1-58a, I-59a, I-60a, I-66a, 1-70a, I-72a, I-10, I-11, 1-26, 1-27, 1-28, 1-29, 1-30, 1-31, 1-32, 1-33, I-34, 1-35, 1-36, 1-37, 1-38, 1-39, 1-40, I-24a, I-26a, I-27a, I-36a, I-37a, I-40a, I-41a, I-46a, I-47a, I-48a, I-49a, I-61a, I-62a, 1-63a, I-64a, I-65a, I-67a, I-68a, 1-69a, and I-71a can be used in the above pharmaceutical compositions, combinations and other related uses or methods.
Formulations
[00177] Any suitable foimulation of the compounds described herein can be prepared. See generally, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, (2000) Hoover, J. E. editor, 20 th edition, Lippincott Williams and Wilkins Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., pages 780-857. A
foimulation is selected to be suitable for an appropriate route of administration. In cases where compounds are sufficiently basic or acidic to form stable nontoxic acid or base salts, administration of the compounds as salts may be appropriate. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are organic acid addition salts formed with acids that form a physiological acceptable anion, for example, tosylate, methanesulfonate, acetate, citrate, malonate, tartarate, succinate, benzoate, ascorbate, a-ketoglutarate, and a-glycerophosphate.
Suitable inorganic salts may also be formed, including hydrochloride, sulfate, nitrate, bicarbonate, and carbonate salts.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are obtained using standard procedures well known in the art, for example, by a sufficiently basic compound such as an amine with a suitable acid, affording a physiologically acceptable anion. Alkali metal (e.g., sodium, potassium or lithium) or alkaline earth metal (e.g., calcium) salts of carboxylic acids also are made.
[00178] Where contemplated compounds are administered in a pharmacological composition, it is contemplated that the compounds can be foimulated in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and/or carrier. For example, contemplated compounds can be administered orally as neutral compounds or as phamtaceutically acceptable salts, or intravenously in a physiological saline solution. Conventional buffers such as phosphates, bicarbonates or citrates can be used for this purpose. Of course, one of ordinary skill in the art may modify the foimulations within the teachings of the specification to provide numerous formulations for a particular route of administration. In particular, contemplated compounds may be modified to render them more soluble in water or other vehicle, which for example, may be easily accomplished with minor modifications (salt formulation, esterification, etc.) that are well within the ordinary skill in the art. It is also well within the ordinary skill of the art to modify the route of administration and dosage regimen of a particular compound in order to manage the pharmacokinetics of the present compounds for maximum beneficial effect in a patient.
[00179] The compounds having formula 1-Ill as described herein are generally soluble in organic solvents such as chloroform, dichloromethane, ethyl acetate, ethanol, methanol, isopropanol, acetonitrile, glycerol, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimetheylaceatmide, dimethylsulfoxide, etc. In one embodiment, the present invention provides foimulations prepared by mixing a compound having formula I-III with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In one aspect, the formulation may be prepared using a method comprising: a) dissolving a described compound in a water-soluble organic solvent, a non-ionic solvent, a water-soluble lipid, a cyclodextrin, a vitamin such as tocopherol, a fatty acid, a fatty acid ester, a phospholipid, or a combination thereof, to provide a solution; and b) adding saline or a buffer containing 1-10% carbohydrate solution. In one example, the carbohydrate comprises dextrose. The phaimaceutical compositions obtained using the present methods are stable and useful for animal and clinical applications.
[00180] Illustrative examples of water soluble organic solvents for use in the present methods include and are not limited to polyethylene glycol (PEG), alcohols, acetonitrile, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone. N,N-dimethylfoiniamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, or a combination thereof. Examples of alcohols include but are not limited to methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, glycerol, or propylene glycol.
[00181] Illustrative examples of water soluble non-ionic surfactants for use in the present methods include and are not limited to CREMOPHOR EL, polyethylene glycol modified CREMOPHOR (polyoxyethyleneglyceroltriricinoleat 35), hydrogenated CREMOPHOR
RH40, hydrogenated CREMOPHOR RH60, PEG-succinate, polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80, SOLUTOL HS (polyethylene glycol 660 12-hydroxystearate), sorbitan monooleate, poloxamer, LABRAFIL (ethoxylated persic oil), LABRASOL (capryl-caproyl macrogo1-8-glyceride), GELUCIRE (glycerol ester), SOFTIGEN (PEG 6 caprylic glyceride), glycerin, glycol-polysorbate, or a combination thereof.
[00182] Illustrative examples of water soluble lipids for use in the present methods include but are not limited to vegetable oils, triglycerides, plant oils, or a combination thereof.
Examples of lipid oils include but are not limited to castor oil, polyoxyl castor oil, corn oil, olive oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, peppermint oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, soybean oil, hydrogenated vegetable oil, hydrogenated soybean oil, a triglyceride of coconut oil, palm seed oil, and hydrogenated forms thereof, or a combination thereof.
[00183] Illustrative examples of fatty acids and fatty acid esters for use in the present methods include but are not limited to oleic acid, monoglycerides, diglycerides, a mono- or di-fatty acid ester of PEG, or a combination thereof.
[00184] Illustrative examples of cyclodextrins for use in the present methods include but are not limited to alpha-cyclodextrin, beta-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-beta-cyclodextrin, or sulfobutyl ether-beta-cyclodextrin.
[00185] Illustrative examples of phospholipids for use in the present methods include but are not limited to soy phosphatidylcholine, or distearoyl phosphatidylglycerol, and hydrogenated forms thereof, or a combination thereof.
[00186] One of ordinary skill in the art may modify the formulations within the teachings of the specification to provide numerous formulations for a particular route of administration. In particular, the compounds may be modified to render them more soluble in water or other vehicle. It is also well within the ordinary skill of the art to modify the route of administration and dosage regimen of a particular compound in order to manage the pharmacokinetics of the present compounds for maximum beneficial effect in a patient.
Drug combinations
[00187] The methods of the embodiments comprise administering an effective amount of at least one exemplary compound of the present disclosure; optionally the compound may be administered in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents, particularly therapeutic agents known to be useful for treating a proliferation disorder, a cancer, a tumor, an inflammatory disease, an autoimmune disease, psoriasis, dry eye or an immunologically related disease afflicting the subject.
[00188] The additional active ingredients may be administered in a separate pharmaceutical composition from at least one exemplary compound of the present disclosure or may be included with at least one exemplary compound of the present disclosure in a single pharmaceutical composition. The additional active ingredients may be administered simultaneously with, prior to, or after administration of at least one exemplary compound of the present disclosure.
Methods of using the exemplary compounds and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
[00189] The present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment and/or prevention of a proliferation disorder, a cancer, a tumor, an inflammatory disease, an autoimmune disease, psoriasis, dry eye or an immunologically related disease, comprising any compound having formula I or II, or any of the compounds of I-1 to 1-41.
[00190] To practice the method of the present invention, compounds having formula and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered orally, parenterally, by inhalation, topically, rectally, nasally, buccally, vaginally, via an implanted reservoir, or other drug administration methods. The term "parenteral" as used herein includes subcutaneous, intracutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarticular, intraarterial, intrasynovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intralesional and intracranial injection or infusion techniques.
[00191] A sterile injectable composition, such as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension, may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed include mannitol, water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. Suitable carriers and other pharmaceutical composition components are typically sterile.
[00192] In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium (e.g., synthetic mono- or diglycerides). Fatty acids, such as oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives, are useful in the preparation of injectables, as are pharmaceutically acceptable oils, such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions. These oil solutions or suspensions can also contain a long-chain alcohol diluent or dispersant, or carboxymethyl cellulose or similar dispersing agents. Various emulsifying agents or bioavailability enhancers which are commonly used in the manufacture of pharmaceutically acceptable solid, liquid, or other dosage foims can also be used for the purpose of formulation.
[00193] A composition for oral administration may be any orally acceptable dosage form including, but not limited to, tablets, capsules, emulsions and aqueous suspensions, dispersions and solutions. In the case of tablets for oral use, commonly used carriers include lactose and corn starch. Lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, can also be added. For oral administration in a capsule form, useful diluents include lactose and dried corn starch. When aqueous suspensions or emulsions are administered orally, the active ingredient can be suspended or dissolved in an oily phase combined with emulsifying or suspending agents. If needed, certain sweetening, flavoring, or coloring agents can be added. A
nasal aerosol or inhalation compositions can be prepared according to techniques well-known in the art of phaimaceutical formulation and can be prepared as solutions in, for example saline, employing suitable preservatives (for example, benzyl alcohol), absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, and/or other solubilizing or dispersing agents known in the art.
[00194] In addition, the compounds having formula I or II, or any of the compounds of I-1 to 1-41, may be administered alone or in combination with other therapeutic agents, e.g., anticancer agents, for the treatment of various proliferation disorder, cancer, tumor, inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, psoriasis, dry eye or immunologically related disease.
Combination therapies according to the present invention comprise the administration of at least one exemplary compound of the present disclosure and at least one other pharmaceutically active ingredient. The active ingredient(s) and pharmaceutically active agents may be administered separately or together. The amounts of the active ingredient(s) and pharmaceutically active agent(s) and the relative timings of administration will be selected in order to achieve the desired combined therapeutic effect.
Biological screening and anticancer activity:
[00195] Some exemplary assays and examples for assessing therapeutic efficacy, e.g., anti-cancer effects, of exemplary compounds of the invention are described as below.

In vitro cell-based screening using real-time cell electronic sensing (RT-CES) system
[00196] Some of the exemplary heterocyclic compounds in the present invention are developed for the anticancer activities for cancer cells with certain molecular targets, i.e., EGFR
(epidermal growth factor receptor). The anticancer efficacy of these heterocyclic compounds and their analogues described above may be preliminarily screened in vitro using a penal of EGFR
cancer cell lines by real time electronic cell sensing (RT-CES) system from ACEA Biosciences, Inc. (or xCELLigence system from Roche Applied Sciences/ACEA Biosciences Inc.), which provides dynamic cell response information after exposing to an anticancer agent.
[00197] The details of this cell electronic sensing technology, called real-time cell electronic sensing (RT-CES ) and associated devices, systems and methods of use are described in United States patent number 7,732,127; patent number 7,192,752; patent number 7,459,303; patent number 7,468,255; patent number 7,470,533; patent number 7,560,269; United States provisional application number 60/435,400, filed on December 20, 2002; United States Provisional application 60/469,572, filed on May 9, 2003, PCT application number PCT/US03/22557, filed on July 18, 2003; PCT application number PCT/US03/22537, filed on July 18, 2003; PCT
application number PCT/US04/37696, filed on November 12, 2004; PCT application number PCT/US05/04481, filed on February 9, 2005; United States patent application number 10/705,447, filed on November 10, 2003; United States patent application number 10/705,615, filed on November 10, 2003; United States patent application number 10/987,732, filed on November 12, 2004; United States patent application number 11/055,639, filed on February 9, 2005. Additional details of RT-CES technology is further disclosed in United States provisional application number 60/519,567, filed on November 12, 2003, and United States provisional application number 60/542,927, filed on February 9, 2004, United States provisional application number 60/548,713, filed on February 27, 2004, United States provisional application number 60/598,608, filed on August 4, 2004; United States provisional application number 60/598,609, filed on August 4, 2004; United States provisional application number 60/613,749, filed on September 27, 2004; United States provisional application number 60/613,872, filed on September 27, 2004; United States provisional application number 60/614,601, filed on September 29, 2004; United States provisional application number 60/630,071, filed on November 22, 2004; United States provisional application number 60/630,131, filed on November 22, 2004.
[00198] For measurement of cell-substrate or cell-electrode impedance using RT-CES
technology, microelectrodes having appropriate geometries are fabricated onto the bottom surfaces of microtiter plate or similar device, facing into the wells. Cells are introduced into the wells of the devices, and make contact to and attach to the electrode surfaces. The presence, absence or change of properties of cells affects the electronic and ionic passage on the electrode sensor surfaces. Measuring the impedance between or among electrodes provides important information about biological status of cells present on the sensors. When there are changes to the biological status of the cells analogue, electronic readout signals are measured automatically and in real time, and are converted to digital signals for processing and analysis.
[00199] In a RT-CES system, a cell index is automatically derived and provided based on measured electrode impedance values. The cell index obtained for a given well reflects : 1) how many cells are attached to the electrode surfaces in this well; 2) how well cells are attached to the electrode surfaces in this well. Thus, the more the cells of same type in similar physiological conditions attach the electrode surfaces, the larger the cell index. And, the better the cells attach to the electrode surfaces (e.g., the cells spread-out more to have larger contact areas, or the cells attach tighter to electrode surfaces), the larger the cell index. We have found that the cMet-addictive cell lines would produce a transient impedance response profile when treated with positive-control EGFR (epidermal growth factor receptor) inhibitors.
[00200] Through the use of the RT-CES system, the heterocyclic compounds described in the examples above have been shown to produce a similar cell response impedance profile on RT-CES system to that generated by positive control inhibitors. In addition, these compounds have been shown to inhibit EGFR (epidermal growth factor receptor)-induced cell migration in several cell lines. In addition, these compounds have shown no or negligible effects when they were used to treat non-cMet addictive cancer cell lines
[00201] The RT-CES system (or xCELLigence RTCA system) comprises three components, an electronic sensor analyzer, a device station and 16X or 96X microtiter plate devices (i.e. E-Plate 16 or E-Plate 96). Microelectrode sensor array was fabricated on glass slides with lithographical microfabrication methods and the electrode-containing slides are assembled to plastic trays to form electrode-containing wells. Each 16X (or 96X) microtiter plate device used in RT-CES system comprises up to 16 (or 96) such electrode-containing wells.
The device station receives the 16X or 96X microtiter plate devices and is capable of electronically switching any one of the wells to the sensor analyzer for impedance measurement. In operation, the devices with cells cultured in the wells are placed into a device station (xCELLigence RTCA
SP station or RT-CES SP station) that is located inside an incubator.
Electrical cables connect the device station to the sensor analyzer (xCELLigence RTCA analyzer or RT-CES
analyzer).
Under the RT-CES or xCELLigence RTCA software control, the sensor analyzer can automatically select wells to be measured and continuously conduct impedance measurements.
The impedance data from the analyzer is transferred to a computer, analyzed and processed by the integrated software.
[00202] Impedance measured between electrodes in an individual well depends on electrode geometry, ionic concentration in the well and whether there are cells attached to the electrodes.
In the absence of the cells, electrode impedance is mainly determined by the ion environment both at the electrode/solution interface and in the bulk solution. In the presence of the cells, cells attached to the electrode sensor surfaces will alter the local ionic environment at the electrode/solution interface, leading to an increase in the impedance. The more cells there are on the electrodes, the larger the increase in cell-electrode impedance.
Furtheimore, the impedance change also depends on cell morphology and the extent to which cells attach to the electrodes.
[00203] To quantify cell status based on the measured cell-electrode impedance, a parameter termed Cell Index is derived, according to r R (f.) CI = max 'di 1 Rb (I; ) where R, (f) and Rõõ (f) are the frequency dependent electrode resistances (a component of impedance) without cells or with cell present, respectively. N is the number of the frequency points at which the impedance is measured. Thus, Cell Index is a quantitative measure of the status of the cells in an electrode-containing well. Under the same physiological conditions, more cells attached on to the electrodes leads to larger Rõõ (f) value, leading to a larger value for Cell Index. Furthermore, for the same number of cells present in the well, a change in the cell status such as morphology will lead to a change in the Cell Index. For example, an increase in cell adhesion or cell spreading leads to larger cell-electrode contact area which will lead to an increase in Rõ,/(f ) and thus a larger value for Cell Index. The Cell Index may also be calculated using a foimula different from the one described here. Other methods for calculating the Cell Index based on impedance measurement can be found in United States patent number 7,732,127; patent number 7,192,752; patent number 7,459,303; patent number 7.468,255; patent number 7,470,533; patent number 7,560,269; PCT application number PCT/US04/37696, fined on November 12, 2004, PCT application number PCT/US05/04481, filed on February 9, 2005, US patent application number 10/987,732, filed on November 12, 2004, and US
patent application number 11/055,639, filed on February 9, 2005.
Control compounds for testing
[00204] 'The following compounds can be used as comparison compounds for testing the compounds in the present disclosure.
[00205] WZ4002 is an irreversible inhibitor against EGFR T790M. (Nature 2009 December 24;462(7276): 1070-1074) The structure of WZ4002 is shown below:
NH
el 0 N'"====
N N
[00206] BIB W2992 (Afatinib) is an irreversible EGFR/HER2 inhibitor. (Oncogene 2008;27:4702-4711) The structure of B1BW2992 is shown below:
CI' NH
N
[00207] Erlotinib is a reversible tyrosine kinase inhibitor which acts on EGFR. (Drugs 2000, 60 Suppl 1: 15-23; discussion 41-2.) The structure of erlotinib is shown below:
0 N1,,,, -.... ...---...õ...

'I

/
HN dili /
111) .
Examples Example 1 Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)phenylamino) pyrimidin-4-yloxy) phenyl)acrylamide (I-1) and N-(34(24(3-fluoro-4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yephenyl)amino)pyrimidin-4-yeoxy) phenyl)acrylamide (I-2)
[00208] The synthetic scheme for compounds I-1 and 1-2 are shown below:
No, R

,---) ,N^' 0 = NO2 CI
NL.'0 X-Phos, Pd N1 2 (dbuE
. .-, ' 0 ) CI N Ii2CO2õ Dlyff ,)L K2CO3, f-BuOH R N N
H
CI N
1 3 4a. R¨H 5a R¨H
4b: R¨F 5b. R¨F

--.N.-----..1 0 I. NH2 ", ,'=
0 = NI-C:7-II Pd/C
.),0 ¨ NINI.
L......-N N ,.., -,. CH2¨CHCOCI, DIEA k ,.0 H
25MPa, 80i m ________________________ P
IP N ='-' THF 0 R NN Me0H/THF
H R N N
H
6a: R¨H I-I (R-13) 6b: R-1-1-2, (R-F) Step 1: Synthesis of 2-chloro-5-methoxy-4-(3-nitrophenoxy) pyrimidine (3) SO
CIA
[00209] A mixture of 2, 4-dichloro-5-methoxypyrimidine 1(130.0 g, 726.3 mmol), nitrophenol 2 (106.7 g, 767.0 mmol), and K2CO3 (193 g, 1.40mo1) in DMF (625 mL) was stirred at 30 C for 24 h. Water (3.12 L) was then added into the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for ¨10 min. The precipitation was collected, washed with water (200 mLx3), and dried overnight to afford compound 3 (196.0 g, M+H+= 282.6) as white solid.
Step 2: Synthesis of 5-methoxy-N-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pheny1)-4-(3-nitrophenoxy)pyrimidin-2-amine (5a) t=_,N
N N
5a
[00210] A mixture of compound 3 (80.0 g, 284.0 mmol), 4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yHaniline 4 (54.3 g, 284.0 mmol), X-Phos(8.0 g, 56.8 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (8.0 g, 28.4 mmol), K2CO3(78.5 g, 568.1 mmol) in t-BuOH (1.0 L) was stirred at refluxing for 4 h. The mixture was allowed to cool down to room temperature and then filtered. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. To the residue, water (400 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with DCM
(400 mLx3). The organic layers were combined, and treated with activated charcoal (for de-colorization), and then filtered. The filtrate was concentrated down under reduced pressure.
The crude was further purified by crystallization from ethyl acetate to afford yellow crystals 6 (92.0 g, M+H+= 437.5).
Step 3: Synthesis of 4-(3-aminophenoxy)-5-methoxy-N-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl)pyrimidin-2-amine (6a) 0 SI NH, LN
rNN
6a
[00211] A solution of 5a (65.0g, 143.0 mmol) in THE (150 mL) and 10% Pd/C
(3.4g, 5%) were stirred at 25 MPA hydrogen gas at 80 C for 12h. The mixture was cooled and filtered, and the organic solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude was further purified by crystallization from ethyl acetate to afford 6a (42.0g, M-PI-E= 407.5).
Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy) phenyl)acrylamide (I-1) ),C1 H
N
[00212] To a mixture of 6a (42.0g, 103.3mmol), DIEA (22.4 g, 173.6 mmol) in Me0H (420 mL) and THF(150 mL) was added acryloyl chloride(15.7 g, 173.6 mmol) at 0 C.
The mixture was stirred for lh. The organic solvent was removed under reduced pressure.
The residue was re-dissolved in DCM (800 mL) and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate(400m1).
The organic layer was separated and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude was further purified by crystallization from THF/H20 (3:10) to afford compound 1-1(25.0 g, M+H+,461.5). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 10.34 (s, 1H), 9.01 (s. 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.64 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.43 (t, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, ./ = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 6.95 (m, 1H), 6.64 (d, .1=
9.1 Hz, 2H), 6.44 (dd, J= 17.0, 10.1 Hz, 1H), 6.35 -6.19 (m, 1H), 5.78 (dd, J=
10.1, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.02 - 2.91 (m, 4H), 2.48 - 2.39 (m, 4H), 2.23 (s, 3H). 13C
NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 165.32 (s), 161.43 (s), 155.79 (s), 154.79 (s), 147.52 (s), 145.95 (s), 142.27 (s), 136.62 (s), 135.09 (s), 133.70 (s), 131.87 (s), 129.25 (s), 121.10 (s, 2C), 118.76 (s), 118.17 (s), 117.71 (s, 2C), 114.94 (s), 59.63 (s), 56.65 (s, 2C), 50.92 (s, 2C), 47.71 (s).
[00213] Compound (I-2) N-(3-(2-(3-fluoro-4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl amino)-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl) acrylamide was synthesized using similar procedures as Compound 1-1 with similar yield. Compound (1-2): M+11 =479.5. 'II NMR (500 MIIz, Me0D) 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.69 (t, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J = 8.2, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (t, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (dd, J= 15.2, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.03 - 6.88 (m, 2H), 6.78 (t, J= 9.5 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (dd, J= 17.0, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 6.37 (dd, J= 17.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.78 (dd, J= 9.9, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 2.99 (hr s, 411), 2.62 (br s, 411), 2.35 (s, J= 6.2 Hz, 311). 13C NMR (126 MIIz, Me0D) 6 166.29 (s), 162.07 (s), 158.04 (s), 156.11 (s), 155.29 (s), 154.60 (s), 144.75 (s), 141.44 (s), 138.09 (d, J=
11.1 Hz), 137.15 (s), 134.70 (d, J= 9.8 Hz), 132.55 (s), 131.07 (s), 128.26 (s), 120.31 (d, J= 4.1 Hz), 118.88 (s), 118.28 (s), 115.45- 115.14 (m), 107.96 (d, J= 26.4 Hz), 58.81 (s), 56.19 (s, 2C), 51.83 (d, = 2.6 Hz, 2C), 46.25 (s).
Example 2 Synthesis of key intermediates (I, II, III, IV and V)
[00214] Intermediate I (the synthetic scheme is shown below):

it NO 40 NH2 0 0 Fe / NH4C1 0 CI )L.,% DI EA 0 N
N
CI N CI )Lõ1µ1,, C I 3 Intermediate I
Step 1: Synthesis of 3-(2-chloro-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy) aniline
[00215] To a solution of compound 3 (35 g) in THF (200 mL), water (30 mL), NH4C1 (17 g) and Fe (15 g) were added. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux with stirring for 3h. The reaction mixture was cooled down and filtered, and the THF layer was concentrated under reduced pressure. 'the crude was re-dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL) and the pH was adjusted with aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, and then washed with water (100 mL x3).
The organic layer was separated and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to obtain the title product (13 g, M+H = 252.5).

Step 2: Synthesis of N-(3-(2-chloro-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl) acryl amide (I)
[00216] To a solution of 3-(2-chloro-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy) aniline (7.5 g) and DIEA
(6 g) in TIIF (150 mL), acryloyl chloride (2.7 g,) in TIIF (10 mL) was drop-wise added at 0 C
with an ice-bath over 20 mm. After the reaction mixture was stirred overnight, aqueous NaOH
(1M, 40 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for another 0.5h. The THF layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The combined organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was re-dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL), washed with water (100 mL x3). The organic layer was separated and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to yield the crude, which was further purified by flash column chromatography to give the desired intermediate I (4 g, M+H+=
306.5).
[00217] Intermediate II (the synthetic scheme is shown below):
NO2 110 NH, 0 1\?\---1 CI
3- nitrophenol 0 Fe / NH401 0 F CI.)(,.% Di: 0 _____________________________ N_LN
CI
C1,11 Cr "I\I" Cr 'N
Intermediate II
Step 1: the synthesis of 2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(3-nitrophenoxy) pyrimidine
[00218] A mixture of 2,4-dichloro-5-fluoropyfimidine (10.20 g), 3-nitrophenol (8.6 g), and K2C,03 (15.30 g) in DMF (80 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature.
Water (300 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min and then filtered. The precipitate was collected, washed with water (100 mL x2) and dried. The solid was re-dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL), washed with water (100 mL x3). The organic layer was separated and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude was further purified by crystallization from ethyl acetate/ petroleum ether (20 ml) to afford yellow crystals 3 (9.8 g, m+ir= 270.6).
Step 2: the synthesis of 3-(2-chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-4-yloxy) aniline
[00219] To a solution of 2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(3-nitrophenoxy) pyrimidine (6.8 g) in THF
(100 mL) water (20 mL), NII4C1 (6.5 g) and Fe (6.5 g) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing for 5h, cooled to room temperature and then filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was re-dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL) and the PH was adjusted with aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. The mixture was washed with water (100 mL x3). The organic layer was separated and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to yield the desired product with. 66.2% yield (4 g, M+H+=
240.5).
Step 3: the synthesis of N-(3-(2-chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (II)
[00220] To a solution of 3-(2-chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-4-yloxy) aniline (3.9 g) and DIEA (3 g) in THF (60 mL), acryloyl chloride (1.6 g) in THF (5 mL) was added drop-wise at 0 C (an ice-bath) over 15 min. After the reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h, aqueous sodium bicarbonate Aqueous (50 mL) was added drop-wise. The reaction mixture was stirred for another 0.5h. The organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated down under reduced pressure. The residue was re-dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL), washed with water (100 mL x3). The organic layer was separated and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude was further purified by flash column chromatography to yield the desired intermediated 11 (4 g, M+Fr= 294.5).
[00221] Intermediate III (the synthetic scheme is shown below):
ci NO

DMF II
CI N
Intermediate III
Synthesis of N-(3-(2-chloro-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-ylamino)phenyl)acrylamide (III)
[00222] To a solution of 2,4-dichloro-5-methoxypyrimidine 1 (2.55 g) and N-(3-aminophenyl) acrylamide (2.32 g) in DMF (30mL), K,CO3(4.14 g) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 50 C for 16h. TLC (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate =1:1 as elution) indicated the completion of the reaction. Ethyl acetate (200 mL) was added, washed with water (200 mI, x3). The organic layer was separated, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude was further purified by flash column chromatography to yield the desired product III (3.5g, M+1-1 = 305.7).
[00223] Intermediate IV (the synthetic scheme is shown below):

Br CH3CN Cs2CO3, DMF F PcVC(1 0%) 80 C ( dioxane C
Intermediate IV
Step 1: the synthesis of 1-(2-fluoro-4-nitrophenyl)piperazine
[00224] In a round-bottom flask, 1,2-difluoro-4-nitrobenzene (23 g, 144.57 mmol) was added to a solution of piperazine (21.66 g, 251.46 mmol) in MeCN (200 mL). The mixture was stirred at 80 C for 3h until the reaction was complete indicated by TLC (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 3:1). The mixture was concentrated followed by adding water (300 mL), extracted by ethyl acetate (200 mLx3). Organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield yellow crude product (30 g, M+H+ = 226.5).
Step 2: the synthesis of 1-(2-fluoro-4-nitropheny1)-4-(2-fluoroethyl)piperazine
[00225] 1-bromo-2-fluoroethane (5.4 g, 42.63 mmol), DMF (48 mL), 1-(2-fluoro-4-nitrophenyl)piperazine (8 g, 35.52 mmol) and Cs2CO3 (25.2 g,77.34 mmol) was sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 C for 7h until the reaction was complete indicated by TLC (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether =1:3). After cooled to room temperature, the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was poured into water (700 mL) with stirring vigorously. The precipitate was collected, washed with water, and dried to yield the crude product (9 g, M+H+ = 272.5).
Step 3: the synthesis of 3-fluoro-4-(4-(2-fluoroethyl)piperazin-1-yl)aniline (IV)
[00226] A solution of 1-(2-fluoro-4-nitropheny1)-4-(2-fluoroethyl) piperazine (1.1g, 4.06 mmol) and Pd/C (10%) (0.2 g. 1. 87 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) was hydrogenated for 12h at room temperature until the reaction was complete indicated by TLC(Me0II: DCM=
1:4). The mixture was filtered through Celite-bed, and washed with 1, 4-dioxane (5 mL).
The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product IV (1 g, M+H+=
242.5), which was used for next step without further purification.
[00227] Intermediate V (the synthetic scheme is shown below):

NO2 H I + CH3CN II Cs2CO3, DM F Pd/C(1 0%) F
C N/.' 80 C N L
)1" r, N N. N
H ( ) dioxane C ) N
N
H
rj H
F F
[00228] Using a similar chemistry as for inteimediate IV, the intermediate (V) fluoroethyflpiperazin-1-yflaniline was synthesized.
Example 3 Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(3-fluoro-4-(4-(2-fluoroethyl)piperazin-l-yl)phenylamino)-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-3)
[00229] The synthetic scheme for compound 1-3 is shown below:

F HN HN

F
x-Phos/Pd2dba)3 C
I.1 L. 40 N,,OMe K2CO3, t-BuOH
N +
_____________________________________ .. N 0 N2 ,.,,Isl N)OMe F NH2 CIN F 1411 N..,I,e H
[00230] N-(2-(2-chloro-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (300 mg, 0.981 mmol), 3-fluoro-4-(4-(2-fluoroethyl)piperazin-1-yl)aniline (236.8 mg, 0.981 mmol), potassium carbonate (175 mg, 1.27 mmol). tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (35 mg, 0.07 mmol) and dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'- triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (35 mg, 0.038 mmol) and t-BuOH (3 mL) were sequentially added to a 10mL round bottom flask with a magnetite. The flask was placed on an oil bath and stirred under N2. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 5-7 h until reaction was complete indicated by TLC (ethyl acetate/ petroleum ether/
TEA = 1/1/0.1 as elution). The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, followed by addition of Et0Ac (10 mL) and activated charcoal (0.1 g). After stirred for 15min, the mixture was filtered through Celite , and the filter cake was washed with ethyl acetate (10 mL). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was further purified by flash column chromatography (ethyl acetate / petroleum ether = 1/1 to 100% Et0Ac as elution) to give the title compound 1-3 (120 mg, yield 26%, purity 97.35%, M+H+ = 511.5) as white solid. 1H NMR
(500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 10.32 (s, 1H), 9.28 (s. 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.67 (t,1 =
2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (dd, 1=8.2, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (dd, J= 15.5, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (dd, 1=
8.7, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (m, 1H), 6.79 - 6.71 (m, 114), 6.43 (dd, J= 17.0, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 6.26 (dd, J
= 17.0, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 5.77 (dd, J= 10.1, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (t, J= 4.9 Hz, 1H), 4.51 (t, J= 4.9 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 2.93 -2.81 (m, 4H), 2.69 (t, J= 4.9 Hz, 1H), 2.63 (t, J=
4.9 Hz, 1H), 2.57 (br s, 4H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 165.32 (s), 161.39 (s), 157.66 (s), 155.73 (s), 154.92 (d, J= 65.0 Hz), 145.45 (s), 142.39 (s), 138.17 (d, J= 11.0 Hz), 137.16 (s), 135.13 (d, J= 9.3 Hz), 133.71 (s), 131.94 (s), 129.23 (s), 120.92 (s), 118.70 (s), 118.25 (s), 115.73 (s), 114.68 (s), 107.96 (d, J= 26.1 Hz), 83.84 (d, J= 164.5 Hz), 59.62 (s). 59.46 (s), 55.05 (s, 2C), 52.54 (s, 2C).
Example 4 Synthesis of N-(34(5-fluoro-2-43-fluoro-4-(4-(2-fluoroethyl)piperazin-lyl)phenyl)amino)pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)phenyl)acrylamide (1-4)
[00231] The synthetic scheme for compound 1-4 is shown below:

NJL%
HNN)FN HN
N LN
F
TFA
CI N HN N
[00232] N-(3-(2-chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-4-ylamino)phenyl)acrylamide (878 mg), 1,4-dioxane (30 mL) , 3-fluoro-4-(4-(2-fluoroethyl)cyclohexyl)aniline (730 mg) and TFA (0.7 mL) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing for 24 h.
TLC (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate =2:1 as elution) indicated the completion of the reaction.
The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was re-dissolved in ethyl acetate (100 mL), adjusted the pH to 8 with aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate, and washed by water (100 mL x3). The organic layer was separated, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude was further purified by flash column chromatography to yield the title compound 1-4 (480 mg, M+H+= 498.5 32% yield). ILI NMR (500 MHz, Me0D) 6 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.93 (d, J= 3.8 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J= 15.1, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.48 -7.39 (m, 2H), 7.32 (tõI = 8.1 Hz, HI), 7.23 -7.13 (m, HI), 6.90 (t, = 9.2 IIz, HI), 6.46 (ddõI = 17.0, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 6.38 (dd, J= 17.0, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 5.79 (dd, J= 9.9, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 4.68 (t, J= 4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.58 (t, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 3.11 - 3.03 (m, 4H), 2.81 (t, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 2.76-2.70(m, 5H). 13C NMR
(126 MHz, Me0D) 6 166.30 (s), 158.11 (s), 157.14 (s), 156.17 (s), 152.12 (d, J= 10.7 Hz), 143.43 (s), 141.61 - 140.82 (m), 140.37 (dõI = 35.4 Hz), 138.06 (dõI = 10.8 Hz), 135.17 (d, .1=
9.7 Hz), 132.75 (s), 130.22 (s), 128.07 (s), 120.36 (d, J= 4.0 Hz), 119.38 (s), 117.04 (s), 116.11 (s), 115.41 (s), 108.84 (d, J= 25.9 Hz), 82.71 (d, J= 166.3 Hz), 59.44 (d, J=
19.8 Hz), 54.75 (s, 2C), 51.95 (d, J= 2.6 Hz, 2C).
Example 5 Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(4-(4-(2-fluoroethyl)piperazin-1-yl)phenylamino)-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)aerylamide (1-5)
[00233] 'The synthetic scheme for compound 1-5 is shown below:

C) (N,1 on HN
OCH3 L-N) HN
CI N TFA L.N =

N N
[00234] N-(3-(2-chloro-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-ylamino)phenyl)acrylamide (1.089 g,), 4-(4-(2-fluoroethyl)piperazin-1-yl)aniline (0.800 g), potassium carbonate (1.231g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium (0.300 g) and dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (0.300 g) and t-BuOH (30 mL) were sequentially added to a 100mL round bottom flask with a magnetite. The flask was placed on an oil bath and stirred under a N2 flow. The reaction mixture was heated to refluxing for 5-7 h until reaction was complete indicated by TLC (ethyl acetate/ petroleum ether/ TEA = 1/1/0.1 as elution). The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, followed by addition of Et0Ac (50 mL) and activated charcoal (0.5 g). After stirred for 15min, the mixture was filtered through Celite .
The filter cake was washed with ethyl acetate (50 A). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude was further purified by flash column chromatography (ethyl acetate / petroleum ether = 1/1 to 100% ethyl aceate as elution) to give the title compound 1-5 (750 mg, yield 42.65%, purity 95.8%, M+H+ = 492.5) as white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3 10.09 (s, 1H), 8.69 (s, 1H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 7.98 (t, J= 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.55 - 7.49 (m, 3H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 211), 6.47 (dd, J= 17.0, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 6.27 (dd, J= 17.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.76 (dd, J= 10.1, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.65 - 4.59 (m, 1H), 4.56 - 4.50 (m, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.05 - 2.95 (m, 4H), 2.70 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 1H), 2.64 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 1H), 2.62 - 2.54 (m, 4H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d6) 165.06 (s), 156.09 (s), 153.81 (s), 147.29 (s), 141.66 (s), 140.88 (s), 139.29 (s), 136.26 (s), 135.95 (s), 134.03 (s), 130.53 (s), 128.76 (s), 121.28 (s), 119.17 (s), 118.00 (s), 116.38 (s), 115.43 (s), 83.91 (d, J= 164.3 Hz), 59.58 (d, J= 19.5 Hz), 59.00 (s), 55.05 (s, 2C), 51.30 (s, 2C).

Example 6 Synthesis of N-(2-(5-fluoro-2-(4-(4-(2-fluoroethyl)piperazin-1-yl)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-ylamino)phenyl)acrylamide (1-6)
[00235] The synthetic scheme for compound 1-6 is shown below:

F HN HN
N'Th x-Phos/Pd2dba) 3 C
K2CO3, t-Bu OH
N HN HN

CI
N N
[00236] N-(2-(2-chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-4-ylamino)phenyBacrylamide (2.010 g, 6.849 mmol), 4-(4-(2-fluoroethyl)piperazin-1-yl)aniline (2.008 g, 8.969 mmol), potassium carbonate (1.880 g, 13.698 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (630 mg, 0.685 mmol) and dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'- triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (627 mg, 1.370 mmol) and t-BuOH
(20mL) were sequentially added into a 100mL round bottom flask with a magnetite. The flask was placed on an oil bath and stirred under a N2 flow. The reaction mixture was heated to refluxing for 5-7 h until reaction was complete indicated by TLC (Et0Ac/
petroleum ether/
TEA = 3/1/0.1 as elution). The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, followed by addition of Et0Ac (50 mL) and activated charcoal (0.5 g). After stirred for 15min, the mixture was filtered through Celite . The filter cake was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was further purified by flash column chromatography (Et0Ac /petroleum ether = 3/1 to Et0Ac as elution) to give the title compound 1-6 (1.85 g, yield 56.23%, purity 95%, M+H = 480.2) as light yellow solid. 11-1 NMR (500 MIIz, Me0D) 6 8.07 (s, 1II), 7.88 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, HI), 7.50 - 7.39 (m, 411), 7.29 (t, J
= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.92 - 6.85 (m, 2H), 6.46 (dd, J= 17.0, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 6.39 (dd, J= 17.0, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 5.80 (dd, J= 9.8, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.71 -4.65 (m, 1H), 4.61 -4.55 (m, 1H), 3.17 - 3.10 (m.
4H), 2.84 - 2.78 (m, 1H), 2.78 - 2.69 (m. 5H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, Me0D) 6 166.25 (s), 157.72 (s), 152.10 (d, J= 10.7 Hz), 148.08 (s), 143.16 (s), 141.20 (s), 141.12 (s), 140.96 (s), 140.66 (s), 140.07 (s), 135.13 (s), 132.74 (s), 130.13 (s), 128.15 (s), 122.40 (s), 119.20 (s), 118.27 (s), 116.94 (s), 115.33 (s), 82.76 (d, 1= 166.4 Hz), 59.42 (d, J= 19.7 Hz), 54.71 (s, 2C), 51.15 (s, 2C).
Example 7 Synthesis of N-(2-(2-(3-fluoro-4-(4-(2-fluoroethyl)piperazin-1-yl)phenylamino)-methoxypyrimidin-4-ylamino)phenyl)acrylamide (1-7)
[00237] The synthetic scheme for compound 1-7 is shown below:

F HN HN/j.
x-Phos/Pd2dba)3 CF
141 L.
HN K2CO3, t-BuOH ,N
N
HN
[00238] N-(2-(2-chloro-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-ylamino)phenyl)acrylamide (1.521 g, 5 mmol), 3-fluoro-4-(4-(2-fluoroethyl)piperazin-1-yl)aniline (1.210 g, 5 mmol), potassium carbonate (1.383 g, 10 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (460 mg, 0.5 mmol) and dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'- trhsopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (475 mg, lmmol) and t-13u0H (50 mL) were sequentially added into a 100mL round bottom flask with a magnetite.
The flask was placed on an oil bath and stirred under a N2 flow. The reaction mixture was heated to refluxing for 5-7 h until the reaction was complete indicated by TLC (Et0Ac/ petroleum ether/ TEA =
1/1/0.1 as elution). The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, followed by addition of Et0Ac (50 mL) and activated charcoal (0.5 g). After stirred for 15min, the mixture was filtered through Celite , and the filter cake was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The filtrate was concentrated and the crude was further purified by flash column chromatography (Et0Ac /
petroleum ether = 1/1 to Et0Ac as elution) to yield the title compound 1-7 (1.537 g, yield 60.2%, purity 95.33%, M+H+= 510.3) as light yellow solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 10.08 (s, 1H), 8.89 (s, 1H), 8.77 (s, 1H), 7.96 (t, J= 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J= 15.7, 2.4 Hz, HI), 7.51 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, HI), 7.44 (d, J= 8.7 IIz, 111), 7.31 (dd, J= 8.7, 2.0 Hz, HI), 7.27 (t, J
= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (dd, J= 9.8, 9.1 Hz, 1H), 6.46 (dd, J= 17.0, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 6.25 (dd, J=
17.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.75 (dd, J= 10.1, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (t, J= 4.9 Hz, 1H), 4.52 (t, J= 4.9 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 2.97 -2.86 (in, 4H), 2.70 (1, J= 4.9 Hz, 1H), 2.64 (t, J=
4.9 Hz, 1H), 2.59 (s, 411). 13C NMR (126 MIIz, DMSO-d6) 6 165.07 (s), 157.89 (s), 155.97 (s), 155.49 (s), 153.84 (s), 141.51 (s), 141.07 (s), 139.06 (d, J= 11.0 Hz), 138.82 (s), 136.67 (s), 134.63 (d, J= 9.4 Hz), 134.06 (s), 130.60 (s), 128.67 (s), 121.06 (d, J= 4.0 Hz), 119.34 (s), 116.48 (s), 115.75- 115.32 (m), 107.95 (d, J= 26.1 Hz), 83.85 (d, J= 164.4 Hz), 59.57 (d, J= 19.6 Hz), 58.89 (s), 55.11 (s, 2C), 52.65 (s, 2C).
Example 8 Synthesis of N-(2-(5-fluoro-2-(3-fluoro-4-(4-(2-fluoroethyl)piperazin-1-yflphenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyflacrylamide (1-8)
[00239] The synthetic scheme for compound 1-8 is shown below:
C C
HN-j HN):
40 x_2pc,003s,pttdobaH)3 ON 0 ,c cF
N
N'Th raki LF
F NH2 Cle N2 N
A
[00240] N-(2-(2-chloro-5-fluoropytimidin-4-yloxy)phenyflactylamide (1.461 g, 5 mmol), 3-fluoro-4-(4-(2-fluoroethyl)piperazin-1-yl)aniline (1.210 g, 5 mmol), potassium carbonate (1.380 g, 10 mmol), tris(dibenzylidencacetone)dipalladium (460 mg, 0.5 mmol) and dicyclohcxyl (2',4',6'- triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (475 mg, 1 mmol) and t-BuOH
(50 mL) were sequentially added into a 100mL round bottom flask with a magnetite. The flask was placed on an oil bath and stirred under a N2 flow. The reaction mixture was heated to refluxing for 5-7 h until reaction was complete indicated by TLC (Et0Ac/ petroleum ether/ TEA =
1/1/0.1 as elution). The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, followed by addition of Et0Ac (50 mL) and activated charcoal (0.5 g). After stirred for 15min, the mixture was filtered through Celite(R), and the filter cake was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the crude was further purified by flash column chromatography (Et0Ac /petroleum ether = 1/1 to Et0Ac as elution) to give the title compound 1-8 (1.72 g. yield 69.1%, purity 98.67%, M+H+= 499.3) as light yellow solid.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 10.35 (s, 1H), 9.60 (s, 1H), 8.49 (d, J= 3.0 Hz. 1H), 7.74 (t, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.61 -7.55 (m, 1H), 7.46 (t, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J= 15.1 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (m, 1H), 6.77 (t, = 9.4 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (dd, J= 17.0, 10.2 Hz, 1H). 6.27 (dd, J= 17.0, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 5.78 (dd, J= 10.1, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (t, J= 4.9 Hz, 1H), 4.51 (t, J=
4.9 Hz, 1H), 2.94-2.83 (m, 4H), 2.69 (t, J= 4.9 Hz, 1H), 2.63 (t, J= 4.9 Hz, 1H), 2.57 (s, 4H).
13C NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 165.36 (s), 159.02 (d, J= 11.0 Hz), 157.52 (s), 156.87 (d, J=
3.4 Hz), 155.59 (s), 153.97 (s), 147.89 (d, J= 22.1 Hz), 142.88 (s), 142.47 (s), 140.90 (s), 137.36 (d, J=
10.9 Hz), 135.82 (d, J= 9.3 Hz), 133.67 (s), 132.04 (s), 129.30 (s), 120.86 (d, J= 3.9 Hz), 118.70 (s), 116.34 (s), 114.68 (s), 108.54 (d, J= 26.0 Hz), 83.83 (d, J= 164.4 Hz), 59.53 (d. J=
19.5 Hz), 55.01 (s. 2C), 52.46 (d. J= 2.4 Hz, 2C).
Example 9 Synthesis of N-(2-(2-(3-fluoro-4-(4-(2-fluoroethyl)piperazin-l-yl)phenylamino)-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (1-9)
[00241] The synthetic scheme for compound 1-9 is shown below:

HN HN
xK-Pchoo3s/Pt dB2LiclobaH)3 F Cal + .0Me N2 N 0 N OMe 11.$ NH2 CI "N N
[00242] N-(2-(2-chloro-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (1.360 g, 4.48 mmol), 4-(4-(2-fluoroethyl)piperazin-1-yl)aniline 1 (1.002 g, 4.48 mmol), potassium carbonate (1.380 g, 10 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (460 mg, 0.5 mmol) and dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'- triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (475 mg, 1 mmol) and t-BuOH (50 inL) were sequentially added into a 100mL round bottom flask with a magnetite.
The flask was placed on an oil bath and stirred under a N2 flow. The reaction mixture was heated to refluxing for 5-7 h until reaction was complete indicated by TLC (Et0Ac/ petroleum ether/ TEA =
1/1/0.1 as elution). The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, followed by addition of Et0Ac (50 mL) and activated charcoal (0.5 g). After stirred for 15min, the mixture was filtered through Celite , and the filter cake was wash with EA (50 mL). The filtrate was concentrated and the crude was further purified by flash column chromatography (Et0Ac /petroleum ether = 1/1 to Et0Ac as elution) to yield the title compound 1-9 (840 mg, yield 38%, purity 96.93%, M+H+= 493.5) as white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 10.32 (s, 1H), 9.00 (s, J= 24.8 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.59 - 7.63 (m, 2H), 7.43 (t, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=
9.0 Hz, 211), 7.03 -6.89 (m, 111), 6.65 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 2H), 6.44 (dd, J= 17.0, 10.1 Hz, 1H), 6.28 (dd, J= 17.0, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 5.78 (dd, J= 10.1, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (t, J= 4.9 Hz, 1H), 4.52 (t, J=
4.9 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (s, J= 15.8 Hz, 3H), 3.05 -2.89 (m, 4H), 2.69 (t, J= 4.9 Hz, 1H), 2.63 (t, J=
4.9 Hz, 1H), 2.61 -2.53 (m, 4H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 165.32 (s), 161.44 (s), 155.80 (s), 154.79 (s), 147.56 (s), 145.97 (s), 142.27 (s), 136.63 (s), 135.12 (s), 133.70 (s), 131.88 (s), 129.26 (s), 121.13 (s, 2C), 118.76 (s), 118.16 (s), 117.74 (s, 2C), 114.95 (s), 83.90 (d, J= 164.3 Hz), 59.64 (s), 59.48 (s), 54.99 (s, 2C), 51.13 (s, 2C).
Example 10 Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxylphenyllacrylamide (1-10)
[00243] The synthetic scheme for compound 11-10 is shown below:

NO2 0¨ o¨

K2co3 orj + Fe/NH4CI
02N II 0 __________________________________ H2N =DMF

OH

Si N
0¨ 0 = NO2 or-/ + X phos/Pd2(dba)3 0 02 CIN t-BuOH/K2003 N N N 6 0110 f\TH
N

NaOH
Me0H/VVater 0 I. NO2 Fe/NH4CI 0111 N-jn )1, N N N
N N N 8 n 7 1\1"---õAs Step 1: Synthesis of 1-(2-methoxyethoxy)-4-nitrobenzene (3) rj0 02N = 0
[00244] To a solution of 4-ni trophenol (18.2 g, 130 mmol) and 1-bromo-2-methoxyethane (20 g, 144 mmol) in DiVIF (60 ml), K2CO3 (36 g, 260 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 65-70 C for 4 h and then cooled to room temperature. Water (200 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mL x3). The combined organic layers were washed with water (200 ml x3), dried over Na2SO4. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to yield the desired product (3) as white solid (25 g, 97.6% yield), which was used for the next step without further purification.
Step 2: Synthesis of 4-(2-methoxyethoxy)aniline (4)
[00245] To a solution of compound 3 (25 g, 127 mmol) inTHF (180 mL), water (60 mL) was added. After stirred for ¨ 5 mm, NII4C1 (28 g, 523 mmol) and Fe (36 g, 635 mmol) were sequentially added. The reaction mixture was heated to refluxing and stirred for 4h. After cooled to room temperature, the mixture was filtered through Celite(R) and washed with ethyl acetate (200 mL). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was re-dissolved in ethyl acetate (500 mL), washed with saturated NaIIC03 (200 mL) and water (200 mL). The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was further purified by flash column chromatography to yield the desired product 4 (12 g, 56.7% yield, M+H+= 168.5).
Step 3: Synthesis of (2-(4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylamino)-4-(3-nitrophenoxy)-7H-pyrrolo I 2,3-dlpyrimidin-7-yl)methyl pivalate (6) POM
[00246] To a solution of (2-chloro-4-(3-nitrophenoxy)-7H-pyrrolo12,3-dlpyrimidin-7-yl)methyl pivalate (4 g,10 mmol), compound 4 (1.67 g, 10 mmol) int-BuOH (40 mL) , potassium carbonate (2.8 g, 20 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (500 mg) and dicyclohexyl triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (500 mg) were sequentially added.
The reaction mixture was stirred under N2 flow and heated to refluxing. After stirred for 3-4, TLC (DCM/ Me0H = 10/1 as elution) indicated the completion of the reaction.
The mixture was cooled to 40-50 C, filtered through Celite . The filter cake was washed with t-BuOH. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was re-dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL) washed with water, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was further purified by flash column chromatography to yield the desired product 6 (5.9 g, M+H+=536.5).

Step 4: Synthesis of N-(4-(2-methoxyethoxy)pheny1)-4-(3-nitrophenoxy)-7H-pyrrolor2,3-dlpyrimidin-2-amine (7) -C3,O
N N N
[00247] To a reactor (250mL) was charged with 6 (5.9 g, 0.01 mol) and Me0H
(120 mL).
When 6 was completely dissolved, the solution was cooled with ice-bath to ¨10 C. NaOH
solution (2.5 M, 8 mL) was then added over 45 min, maintaining the temperature under 16 C
throughout the addition. When addition was complete, the reaction mixture was stirred for 4-5 h at ¨ 16 C. The completion of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LC-MS
which indicated the consumption of 6 and low content (less than 8%) of an intermediate (MW: 493).
Water (300mL) was added to the reaction over 90 min, maintaining the temperature below 20 C.
The desired product 8 was precipitated during the addition of the water. The mixture was stirred for another 15 min after the addition of the water. The precipitate (crude) was collected and washed with water (200 mL). The crude was re-dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL) and washed with water (200 mLx3). The mixture was passed through Celite0 to remove un-soluble solid.
The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was further purified by re-crystallization from ethyl acetate/ petroleum ether (5:4) to yield the desired product 7 (3 g, 71.2% yield, M+H+=422.5).
Step 5: Synthesis of 4-(3-aminophenoxy)-N-(4-(2-methoxyethoxy)pheny1)-7H-pyrrolor2,3-dlpyrimidin-2-amine(8) NAn N N N
[00248] To a solution of compound 7 (3 g, 7.1 mmol)in THF(40 mL),water (15 mL), NH4C1 (1.5 g, 28.4 mmol) and Fe (2 g, 35.5 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated to refluxing for 4h and then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was re-dissolved in ethyl acetate (50 mL) and washed with saturated NaHCO3 (30 mL) and water (50 mL x3). The organic solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude was further purified by re-crystallization from ethyl acetate/ PE (1:1) to yield the desired product 8 (2.4 g, 86.2% yield, M+H+=392.5).
Step 6: Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylamino)-7H-pyrrolol2,3-dlpyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-10) H
N
N N N
[00249] To a solution of compound 8 (328 mg, 0.83 mmol) and DIEA (112 mg, 0.87 mmol) in THF (5 mL) with ice-bath at -20 C, acryloyl chloride (79 mg, 0.87 mmol ) was added over 5 min, maintaining the temperature around -10 C throughout the addition. The reaction mixture was stirred for another 30min at the same temperature after the addition.
After warmed up to room temperature, ethyl acetate (50 mL) was added. The mixture was washed with water (50 mL x3). The organic solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude was further purified by flash column chromatography to yield the desired product 1-10 (350 mg, 94.6%
yield, M+H+=446.5). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 11.51 (s, J= 26.7 Hz, 1H), 10.31 (s, 1H), 8.92 (s, J= 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (t, J= 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.61 -7.56 (m, 1H), 7.51 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (dd, J= 3.5, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (m, 1H), 6.70 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 211), 6.44 (ddõI = 17.0, 10.2 Hz, HI), 6.30 - 6.23 (m, 211), 5.77 (ddõI =
10.1, 1.9 Hz, HI), 4.02 - 3.96 (m, 2H), 3.66 - 3.60 (m, 2H), 3.31 (s, J= 2.3 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d6) 165.33 (s), 163.90 (s), 157.42 (s), 157.35 (s), 155.32 (s), 154.64 (s), 142.24 (s), 136.59 (s), 133.71 (s), 131.81 (s), 129.26 (s), 123.61 (s), 121.74 (s), 118.97 (s), 117.98 (s), 116.07 (s), 114.95 (s), 100.28 (s, 2C), 72.53 (s), 69.00 (s), 60.17 (s).
Example 11 Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-cl]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)phenypacrylamide (I-11)
[00250] The synthetic scheme for compound I-11 is shown below:
NHBoc NHBoc CI
CI NHBoc NH 11111 11 NH2 IS NH
POMCI -kn H2N 110 CI N.-- N, N---in K2CO3, t-BuOH XPhos, (dba)3Pcl, N -=-=I'\
NaH, THF
1 ., )j,N N D
., CI N ,m Et3N,'-BuOH Cl"¨N 1'1, 1111 N , '13u/0 0 0 3 iBuo 4 tBu NHBoc NH2 Na0H/Water ________ . le NH CF,COOH 1411 NH
Me0H/DMF,NH3 ib N'.1.
\ DCM '.'10 di N--Lo ,, ......,- N N N --- N N N
H H H H

HN...11-..õ:-.' CH2=CHCOCI, DIEA 4i NH
THF C.'-'D 111 N
A N -- , "Ir. ', H H

Step 1: Synthesis of (2, 4-dichloro-7H-pyrrolo12,3-dipyrimidin-7-y1)methyl pivalate (2) CI
N.I'\"----"
)1... ...õ___.
CI N

/.0 tBu
[00251] NaH (80%, 3.54 g, 0.117 mol) was added slowly to a solution of 2, 4-dichloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine 1 (20.03 g, 0.106 mol) in THF (200 mL), and maintained the temperature between 0 - -5 C. The mixture was stirred for another 15 min until the evolution of hydrogen ceased. A solution of POMC1 (18.96 g, 0.12 mol) in THF (70 mL) was added over 30 min. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 3-4 h.
When HPLC indicated that 1 was consumed, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celile , washed with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was re-dissolved in ethyl acetate (300 mL), washed with water (100 mL x2) and brine (100 mL). The organic layer was separated and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to afford the desired product 2 as yellow solid, which was used directly for the next step without further purification.
Step 2: Synthesis of (4-(3-(tertbutoxycarbonylamino)-2-chloro-7H-pyrrolo12,3-dlpyrimidin-7-yi)methyl pivalate (3) NH Boc 'NH
N
CI N N\

11E3u/0
[00252] To a mixture of pyrimidine 2 (6.1 g, 0.02 mol) and tert-butyl 3-aminophenylcarbamate (4.3 g, 0.019 mol) in n-BuOH (110 mL) was added TEA (7 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to refluxing and stirred for 12-18h. When HPLC
indicated that compound 2 was consumed, the mixture was cooled to room temperature. Water (200 mL) and ethyl acetate (100 mI,) were added into this mixture, which was agitated and separated layers.
The organic layer was washed with 1N IIC1(20mL), then 5% NaIIC03 (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate. The organic solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a light oil, in which hexane (60 mL) was added and stirred for 2-3 h. The precipitate was collected and dried to yield the desired product (3.92 g, M+H = 474.5) as white solid.
Step 3: Synthesis of (4-(3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)phenylamino)-2-(4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylamino)-7H-pyrrolor2,3-dThyrimidin-7-yl)methyl pivalate (4) NH Boc NH
N N

tBu/C)
[00253] t-BuOH (80 mL) was added to a RBF (250mL) equipped with magic stirring.
Compound 3 (3.92 g, 8.3 mmol) and 4-(2-methoxyethoxy)aniline (1.5 g, 9 mmol) were sequentially added and stirred for 5-10 min. Potassium carbonate (2.28 g, 16.5 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (750 mg, 0.9 mmol) and dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (750 mg, 18 mmol) were sequentially added and one more portion of t-BuOH (20 mL) was added. The flask was placed on an oil-bath and stirred under a N,) flow. The reaction mixture was heated to refluxing. After stirred for 3-4 h, the reaction was complete indicated by TLC (DCM/Me0H = 10/1 as elution). The mixture was cooled to 40-50 C and filtered through Celite . The filter cake was washed with ethyl acetae (50 mL). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was then purified with Flash column chromatography (ethyl acetate: Hexane=1:10-1:3) to yield the desired product 4 (1.74 g.
M+Ft= 605.5) as brown solid.
Step 4: tert-butyl 3-(2-(4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylamino)-7H-pyrrolor2,3-dlpyrimidin-4-ylamino)phenylcarbamate (5) NHBoc 'NH
N N
[00254] To a solution of compound 4 (1.74 g) in Me0II (25 mL) and TIIF (15 mL) in an ice-bath, NaOH solution (2.5 M, 2.3 mL) was added over 5 min(the temperature was kept around 6-10 C throughout the addition). After the reaction mixture was stirred for 4-5 h at the same temperature, NH3 (gas) was bubbled into this reaction for 2-3 h. Once the reaction was complete indicated by TLC and LC-MS with the consumption of 4 and low content (less than 2%) of an intermediate (MW=521). Water (100 mL), and ethyl acetate (60 mL) were added.
The mixture was agitated. Organic phase was separated and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the desired product 5 (1.35 g, M+H+=
491.5) as brown oil, which was used directly for the next step without further purification.
Step 5: Synthesis of N-(3-aminopheny1)-N-(4-(2-methoxyethoxy)pheny1)-7H-pyrrolo12,3-dlpyrimidine-2,4-diamine (6) NH
N
N N N
[00255] To a solution of 5 in DCM (49 mL) was added TFA (5.6 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. At this point the reaction was complete indicated by HPLC
showing that compound 5 was consumed. The organic solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude was treated with cold (0 C) saturated sodium bicarbonate (30 mL) and ethyl acetate (60 mL). The mixture was agitated. Organic phase was separated and dried over sodium sulfate. The organic solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude (brown oil) was further purified by flash column chromatography (Hexane: ethyl acetate = 1:5) to yield the desired product (918 mg, m-Fir= 391.5) as brown solid.
Step 6: Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylamino)-7H-pyrro1o12,3-dlpyrimidin-4-ylamino)phenyflacrylamide (I-11) HN
'NH

N N N
[00256] To a solution of 6 (918 mg, 2.35 mmol) and DIEA (320 mg, 2.48 mmol) in THF (20 mI,) cooled with an ice bath (---10 C), acryloyl chloride (226 mg, 2.48 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stiffed for 20 min. At this point, TLC
(DCM/Me0H = 8/1 as elution) indicated the completion of the reaction. Saturated NaHCO3 solution (8 mL) was added to quench the reaction. THF was removed, and the residue was re-dissolved in ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (20 mL). The mixture was agitated. The organic phase was separated and dried over sodium sulfate. The organic solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude (orange oil) was further purified by flash column chromatography (100%
ethyl acetate) to yield the desired product 1-11(652 mg, M+H+= 445.5) as white solid. 1H NMR
(500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 11.15 (s, 3H), 10.07 (s, 3H). 9.18 (s, 3H), 8.51 (s, 3H), 8.13 (s, 3H), 7.77 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 311), 7.73 - 7.66 (m, 611), 7.33 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 311), 7.27 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 311), 6.88 (dd, J= 3.4, 2.2 Hz, 3H), 6.85 - 6.79 (m, 6H), 6.67 (dd, J= 3.5, 2.0 Hz, 3H), 6.48 (dd, J=
17.0, 10.2 Hz, 3H), 6.29 (dd, J= 17.0, 2.0 Hz, 3H), 5.77 (dd, J= 10.1, 2.0 Hz, 3H), 4.04 - 4.01 (in, 7H), 3.67 - 3.63 (in, 6H), 3.32 (s, 9H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 165.08 (s), 157.81 (s), 155.89 (s), 154.61 (s), 154.48 (s), 142.86 (s), 140.98 (s), 137.20 (s), 134.07 (s), 130.62 (s), 128.71 (s), 121.86 (s, 2C), 120.80 (s), 118.30 (s), 116.24 (s. 2C), 115.39 (s), 114.09 (s), 101.24 (s), 100.12 (s), 72.59 (s), 69.08 (s), 60.19 (s).
Example 12 Synthesis of N-(2-(5-fluoro-2-04-(4-(2-fluoroethyl)piperazin-1-yl)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (1-12)
[00257] The synthetic scheme for compound 1-12 is shown below:

11.1 H2N x-phos/(dba)3pd2 Nr) 1151 t-Ru0H/K2CO3 NN
F
CI N
[00258] To a solution of N-(3-(2-chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (1.3 g, 4.4 mmol), 4-(4-(2-fluoroethyl)piperazin-1-yl)aniline (1g, 4.4 mmol) in t-BuOH(15 mL), potassium carbonate (1.2 g, 8.8 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (400 mg) and dicyclohexyl triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (400 mg) were sequentially added.
The reaction mixture was heated to refluxing and stirred under N2 flow for 2 h. At this point, TLC (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate =1:1 as elution) indicated the completion of the reaction.
The mixture was allowed to cool to 40-50 C, filtered through Celite , and washed with t-BuOH.
The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was re-dissolved in ethyl acetate (100 mL), washed with water. The organic solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude was further purified by flash column chromatography to yield the desired product 1-12 (1.2 g, 56.8% yield, M+H+= 481.5). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 10.36 (s, 1H), 9.33 (s, 1H), 8.43 (d, J= 3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (t, J= 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 214), 7.02 (m, 111), 6.66 (d, J
= 8.8 Hz, 211), 6.45 (dd, J= 17.0, 10.1 Hz, 1H), 6.28 (dd, J= 17.0, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 5.79 (dd, J= 10.1, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 4.66 -4.58 (m, 111), 4.56 - 4.49 (m, 111), 3.04 - 2.93 (m, 4H), 2.69 (t, J= 4.9 Hz, 1H), 2.63 (t, J=
4.9 Hz, 1H), 2.60 - 2.54 (m, 4H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 165.37 (s), 158.94 (s), 158.86 (s), 157.34 (s), 157.31 (s), 154.09 (s), 148.11 (s), 142.33 (s), 134.28 (s), 133.65 (s), 131.99 (s), 129.34 (s), 121.74 (s), 118.76 (s), 118.63 (s), 117.59 (s), 114.94 (s), 83.90 (d, J=
164.4 Hz), 59.55 (d, J = 19.5 Hz), 54.96 (s, 2C), 50.96 (s, 2C).
Synthesis of intermediates (S-1 and R-1):
Intermediate S-1: (S)-N-(1-(2-fluoroethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)benzene-1,4-diamine
[00259] The synthetic scheme is shown below:

Os) Et 3N 11101 1) TFA FC2H4Br, Et3N
DMSO, 100 C
2) K2003, CH3CN CH3CN, 600 Boc HNt HN,(D
step 1 NBoc step 2 H step3 1110 H2, PcVC
1,4-clioxane, r.t.
step 4 UJF
Step 1 /002601 A 3-neck round-bottom-flask (250 equipped with a condenser was charged with 4-fluoro-l-nitrobenzene (7.3 g), (3S)-(-)-1-(t-Butoxycarbonyl)-3-aminopymAidine (11.2 g) and TEA (19 g) in dimethyl sulfoxide (58 mh). The reaction was heated at 100 C
overnight. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was poured into water. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. Organic layer was washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate.
Organic solvent was removed under reduce pressure. The resulting crude product (22.75 g) was used directly for the next step reaction without further purification.
Step 2 [002611 To the crude product from step 1 (223 g) in a 3-neck round-bottom-flask (250 inL) was added TFA (74 int) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h at mom temperature. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove un-reacted TEA. The residue was re-dissolved in MeGH and then basified using K2C0-3 under 0 C. The crude product (29.95 g) was Obtained after removal of un-reacted K2CO3 and solvent.
Step 3 [00262] To the crude from step 2 (27 g) in MeCN (170 mL) was added TEA (35 mL) and 1,2-bromolluoroethane (12 g). The reaction mixture was heated at 60 'V for 25 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was poured into water. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. The organic solvent was removed under reduce pressure. The resulted crude was purified by flash chromatography to afford the desired product (11.3 g, 86% yield over 3 steps) as yellow solid.
Step 4 [002631A solution of above product from step 3 (2.183 g) and Pd/C (0.798 g) in 1,4-dioxame (43 mL) was hydrogenated for 22 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite-bed. The Celite bed was washed with 1,4-dioxane. The filtrate was concentrated to provide the desired amine (2.022 g) as dark oil which was used directly for the next step reaction without further purification.
(R)-N-(1-(2-fluoroethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)benzerie-1,4-diarnine (1?-1) HNt [00264] The title compound was synthesized using similar chemistry and procedures described above with starting from (3R)-(41-(t-Butoxycarbonyi)-3-aminopyrrolidine.

[00265] The synthetic scheme for Example XIII to XX is shown below:

NH2 HN)L"
40 X-Phos, Pd2(dba) 3 3.-X
HN K2CO3. t-BuOH el 1 - )õõR reflux NF N N
CI N
22: X = 0, R = Me0;
2b: X = 0, R = F;
2c: X = N, R = Me0;
2d: X = N, R = F;
Example 13 Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-(1-(2-fluoroethyl)pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)phenylamino)-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyflaerylamide (1-13) HN

N),\õ..0Me N N

[00266] A mixture of above 2a (828 mg, 2.71 mmol), S-1 (630 mg, 2.82 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (79 mg, 0.086 mmol), dicyclohexyl (2',41,6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (84 mg, 0.176 mmol) and potassium carbonate (758 mg, 5.48 mmol) in tert-butanol (26 mL) was stirred under argon at refluxing temperature for 3.5 h.
After cooling to RT, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite. The Celite was washed with ethyl acetate. The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (DCM/Me0H = 50/1) to give the title compound (1.07 g, yield 81%, M+H+= 493.5). NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 10.32 (s, 1H), 8.80 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.65 -7.53 (m, 2H), 7.41 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J=
8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.94 (in, 1H), 6.44 (dd, J= 17.0, 10.1 Hz, 1H), 6.35 - 6.20 (in, 3H), 5.78 (dd, J=
10.1, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (d, J= 7.0 Hz, HI), 4.56 (t. J= 5.0 Hz, HI), 4.46 (t, J= 5.0 Hz, HI), 3.85 (s, 311), 3.79 -3.71 (m, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J= 9.2, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.77 - 2.60 (m, 3H), 2.55 - 2.47 (m, 2H), 2.36 (dd, J= 9.3, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 2.20 - 2.10 (m, 1H), 1.57 - 1.43 (m, 1H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 165.30 (s), 161.44 (s), 156.14 (s), 154.83 (s), 146.15 (s), 145.00 (s), 142.28 (s), 136.28 (s), 133.69 (s), 132.06 (s), 131.79 (s), 129.28 (s), 122.07 (s), 118.79 (s), 117.96 (s), 114.70 (s), 114.33 (s), 84.85 (d, J= 164.4 Hz), 62.73 (s), 59.70 (s), 57.21 (d, J= 19.5 Hz), 55.14 (s), 53.86 (s), 33.88 (s).
Example 14 Synthesis of (R)-N-(3-(2-(4-(1-(2-fluoroethyl)pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)phenylamino)-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyeacrylamide (I-14) HN

cioN
N N

[00267]A mixture of above 2a (1.5g, 4.91mmol), R-1 (1.1g, 4.91mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (400 mg, 0.437 mmol), dicyclohexyl (2,4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (400 mg, 5.87 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.36g , 9.84 mmol) in tert-butanol (100 mL) was stirred under argon at reflux temperature for 5 h. After cooling to RT, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite. The Celite was washed with ethyl acetate, and the combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (EA/PE = 10/1) to give the title compound (0.94 g, 40%, M+II = 493.5). NMR (500 MIIz, DMSO-d6) 6 10.32 (s, HI), 8.80 (s, 1II), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.65 - 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.41 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.94 (m, 1H), 6.44 (dd, J= 17.0, 10.1 Hz, 1H), 6.35 - 6.20 (m, 3H), 5.78 (dd, J= 10.1, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (d, J= 7.0 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (t, J= 5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (t, J= 5.0 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.79 -3.71 (m, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J= 9.2, 6.9 Hz, HI), 2.77 - 2.60 (m, 311), 2.55 -2.47 (m, 211), 2.36 (dd, J= 9.3, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 2.20 - 2.10 (m, 1H), 1.57 - 1.43 (m, 1H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 165.30 (s), 161.44 (s), 156.14 (s), 154.83 (s), 146.15 (s), 145.00 (s), 142.28 (s), 136.28 (s), 133.69 (s), 132.06 (s), 131.79 (s), 129.28 (s), 122.07 (s), 118.79 (s), 117.96 (s), 114.70 (s), 114.33 (s), 84.85 (d, J= 164.4 Hz), 62.73 (s), 59.70 (s), 57.21 (d, J= 19.5 Hz), 55.14 (s), 53.86 (s), 33.88 (s).
Example 15 Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(5-fluoro-2-(4-(1-(2-fluoroethyl)pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-ylamino)phenyflacrylamide (1-15) H N
0"N N
N N

[00268] A mixture of above 2d (812 mg), S-1 (627 mg), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (262 mg), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (271mg,) and potassium carbonate (818 mg,) in tert-butanol (20 mL) was stirred under argon at refluxing temperature for 3.5 h. After cooling to RT, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and the Celite was washed with ethyl acetate. The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (ethyl acetate/ Et0H = 10/1) to give the title compound (100 mg, yield 7.4%, M+H+ = 480.5).
IHNMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 10.12 (s, J= 14.4 Hz, 1H), 9.30 (s, 1H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, = 3.7 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.55 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, .1=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.53 - 6.39 (m, 3H), 6.28 (dd, J = 17.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.84 -5.69 (m, 1H), 5.30 (d, J= 7.1 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (t, J= 5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (t, J=
5.0 Hz, 1H), 3.87 -3.74 (m, 1H), 2.84 (dd, 1=9.2, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.77 - 2.71 (m, 1H), 2.71 -2.62 (m, 2H), 2.57 -2.48 (m, 2H), 2.40 (dd, 1= 9.3, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 2.22 - 2.11 (m, 1H), 1.61 - 1.48 (m, 1H). 13C NMR
(126 MIIz, DMSO-d6) 6 163.53 (s), 156.57 (s), 150.06 (d, J= 10.5 Hz), 143.84 (s), 141.73 141.13 (m), 139.74 (s), 139.55 (s), 139.48 (s), 132.41 (s), 130.46 (s), 129.00 (s), 127.25 (s).
121.71 (s), 117.51 (s), 114.88 (s), 113.42 (s), 112.86 (s), 83.31 (d, J= 164.4 Hz), 61.21 (s), 55.66 (d, J= 19.5 Hz), 53.60 (s), 52.33 (s), 32.35 (s).
Example 16 Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-(1-(2-fluoroethyl)pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)phenylamino)-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-ylamino)phenyflacrylamide (1-16) = 1\1)-C3' HN
kI_LOCHN
\ 3 N-j N N

[00269] A mixture of above 2c (873 mg, 2.87 mmol), S-1 (640 mg, 2.87 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (250 mg, 0.272 mmol), dicyclohexyl (21,41,6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (250 mg, 0.544 mmol) and potassium carbonate (795 mg, 5.84 mmol) in tert-butanol (20 mL) was stirred under argon at reflux temperature for 3.5 h.
After cooling to RT, the reaction mixtures was filtered through Celite and the Celite was washed with ethyl acetate. The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (DCM/Me0H = 50/1) to give the title compound (407 mg, yield 28.89%, M+H+ = 492.6). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 10.06 (s, 1H), 8.63 (s, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.78 (s, J= 5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d. 1=
8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.53 -6.38 (m, 3H), 6.27 (dd, J=
17.0, 2.0 Hz, WI), 5.76 (dd, J= 10.1, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.21 (d, J= 6.2 Hz, 1H), 4.57 (t, J= 5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (t. J= 5.0 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.81 (hr s, 1H), 2.84 (dd, J= 9.2, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.77 -2.71 (m, 1H), 2.71 -2.62 (m, 2H), 2.56 - 2.47 (m, 2H), 2.40 (dd, J= 9.3, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 2.16 (qd, J= 13.4, 7.9 Hz, 1H), 1.55 (dq. J= 7.7, 6.3 Hz, 1H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d6) (3165.06 (s), 156.50 (s), 153.76 (s), 144.87 (s), 141.82 (s), 140.91 (s), 139.47 (s), 136.04 (s), 134.03 (s), 132.85 (s), 130.46 (s), 128.74 (s), 122.60 (s, 2C), 118.91 (s), 116.05 (s), 114.92 (s), 114.56 (s, 2C), 84.88 (d, J= 164.4 Hz), 62.81 (s), 59.08 (s), 57.24 (d, J= 19.5 Hz), 55.16 (s), 53.98 (s), 33.94 (s).
Example 17 Synthesis of (R)-N-(3-(2-(4-(1-(2-fluoroethyl)pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)phenylamino)-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-ylamino)phenyflacrylamide (1-17) HN
..k,.,,OCH 3 (DAN
N N

[00270]A mixture of above 2c (1412 mg), R-1 (1048 mg), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (312 mg), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-yl) phosphine (324mg,) and potassium carbonate (1246 mg,) in tert-butanol (40 mf,) was stirred under argon at reflux temperature for 3.5 h. After cooling to R'f, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite, and the Celite was washed with EA. The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (ethyl acetate/ Et0H = 10/1) to give the title compound (800 mg, yield 34.6%, M+H+= 492.5).
NMR (500 MIIz. DMSO-d6) 6 10.06 (s, 111), 8.63 (s, 1II), 8.32 (s. HI), 7.97 (s, 1II), 7.78 (s, J= 5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=
8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.53 - 6.38 (m, 3H), 6.27 (dd, J= 17.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.76 (dd, J= 10.1, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.21 (d, J= 6.2 Hz. 1H), 4.57 (t, J= 5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (t, J= 5.0 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.81 (br s, 1H), 2.84 (ddõ/ = 9.2, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.77 - 2.71 (m, 1H), 2.71 -2.62 (m, 2H), 2.56 -2.47 (m, 2H), 2.40 (dd, J= 9.3, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 2.16 (qd, J= 13.4, 7.9 Hz, 1H), 1.55 (dq, J= 7.7, 6.3 Hz, 1H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 165.06 (s), 156.50 (s), 153.76 (s), 144.87 (s), 141.82 (s), 140.91 (s), 139.47 (s), 136.04 (s), 134.03 (s), 132.85 (s), 130.46 (s), 128.74 (s), 122.60 (s, 2C), 118.91 (s), 116.05 (s), 114.92 (s), 114.56 (s. 2C), 84.88 (d, J= 164.4 Hz), 62.81 (s), 59.08 (s), 57.24 (d, J= 19.5 Hz), 55.16 (s), 53.98 (s), 33.94 (s).
Example 18 Synthesis of (R)-N-(3-(5-fluoro-2-(4-(1-(2-fluoroethyl)pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenypaerylamide (I-18) 1\1 HN
r,7,0 N
\N
N
N)&N, [00271] A mixture of above 2d (870mg, 2.97mmo1), R-1 (660mg, 2.96mm01) tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (172 mg, 0.188 mmol), dicyclohexyl (2,4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (172 mg, 0.360 mmol) and potassium carbonate (800 mg, 5.79 mmol) in tert-butanol (50 mL) was stirred under argon at reflux temperature for 5 h. After cooling to RT, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite, and the Celite was washed with ethyl acetate. The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (ethyl acetate/ petroleum ether =
10/1) to give the title compound (0.58 g, yield 41%, M-FIr= 480.5). 1II NMR (500 MIIz, DMSO-d6) 6 10.12 (sõI =
14.4 Hz, 1H), 9.30 (s, 1H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.53 - 6.39 (in, 3H), 6.28 (dd, J= 17.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.84 - 5.69 (in, 1H), 5.30 (d, J=
7.1 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (t, J
= 5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (t, J= 5.0 Hz, 1H), 3.87 - 3.74 (m, 1H), 2.84 (dd, J= 9.2, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.77 - 2.71 (m, 1H), 2.71 - 2.62 (m, 2H), 2.57 - 2.48 (m, 2H), 2.40 (dd, J = 9.3, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 2.22 -2.11 (m, 1H), 1.61 - 1.48 (m, 1H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 163.53 (s), 156.57 (s), 150.06 (d, J= 10.5 Hz), 143.84 (s), 141.73- 141.13 (m), 139.74 (s), 139.55 (s), 139.48 (s), 132.41 (s), 130.46 (s), 129.00 (s), 127.25 (s), 121.71 (s), 117.51 (s), 114.88 (s), 113.42 (s), 112.86 (s), 83.31 (d, J= 164.4 Hz), 61.21 (s), 55.66 (d, J= 19.5 Hz), 53.60 (s), 52.33 (s), 32.35 (s).
Example 19 Synthesis of (R)-N-(3-(5-fluoro-2-(4-(1-(2-fluoroethyl)pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyflaerylamide (I-19) o =

N

[00272] A mixture of above 2b (1408 mg), R-1 (1062 mg), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (353 mg), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-yl) phosphine (359mg,) and potassium carbonate (1260mg,) in tert-butanol (35mL) was stirred under argon at reflux temperature for 4.5 h. After cooling to RT, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite, and the Celite was washed with ethyl acetate. The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (ethyl acetate/ Et0H = 10/1) to give the title compound (987 mg, yield 42.9%, M+H+= 481.5).
11-1 NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 10.35 (s, 1H), 9.13 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J= 3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (t, J
= 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (t, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J=
7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.02 (m, 1H), 6.45 (dd, J= 17.0, 10.1 Hz, 1H), 6.35 - 6.24 (m, 3H), 5.79 (dd, J=
10.1, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (t, J= 5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (t, J= 5.0 Hz, 1H), 3.83 - 3.69 (m, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J= 9.1, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 2.77 - 2.71 (m, 111), 2.71 -2.60 (m, 211), 2.55 -2.47 (m, 211), 2.37 (dd, J= 9.2, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 2.19 - 2.10 (m, 111), 1.59- 1.45 (m, 111). 13C
NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 165.35 (s), 158.84 (d, J= 11.0 Hz), 157.58 (d. J= 2.8 Hz), 154.14 (s), 147.88 (d, J
= 21.9 Hz), 145.58 (s), 142.35 (s), 140.31 (s), 133.66 (s), 131.90 (s), 131.24 (s), 129.34 (s), 122.68 (s), 118.78 (s), 118.43 (s), 114.69 (s), 114.23 (s), 84.84 (d, J= 164.5 Hz), 62.69 (s), 57.19 (d, J= 19.5 Hz), 55.13 (s), 53.80 (s), 33.85 (s).
Example 20 Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(5-fluoro-2-(4-(1-(2-fluoroethyl)pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyflacrylamide (1-20) F
N N

[00273]A mixture of above 2b (791 mg), S-1 (607mg), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (193mg), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-yl) phosphine (200mg,) and potassium carbonate (758mg,) in tert-butanol (30mL) was stirred under argon at reflux temperature for 7 h. After cooling to RT, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite. and the Celite was washed with ethyl acetate. The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (ethyl acetate/ Et0H = 10/1) to give the title compound (441 mg, yield 34.1%, M+IT'= 481.5).
IHNMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 10.35 (s. 1H), 9.13 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J= 3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (t, J
= 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, ./= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (t, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, ./=
7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.02 (m, 1H), 6.45 (dd, J= 17.0, 10.1 Hz, 1H), 6.35 - 6.24 (m, 3H), 5.79 (dd, J=
10.1, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (t, J= 5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (t, J= 5.0 Hz, 1H), 3.83 - 3.69 (m, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J= 9.1, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 2.77 - 2.71 (m, 1H), 2.71 -2.60 (m, 2H), 2.55 -2.47 (m, 2H), 2.37 (dd, J= 9.2, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 2.19 - 2.10 (m, 1H), 1.59 - 1.45 (m, 1H). 13C
NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 165.35 (s), 158.84 (d, J= 11.0 Hz), 157.58 (d, J= 2.8 Hz), 154.14 (s), 147.88 (d, J
= 21.9 Hz), 145.58 (s), 142.35 (s), 140.31 (s), 133.66 (s), 131.90 (s), 131.24 (s), 129.34 (s), 122.68 (s), 118.78 (s), 118.43 (s), 114.69 (s), 114.23 (s), 84.84 (d, J= 164.5 Hz), 62.69 (s), 57.19 (d, J= 19.5 Hz), 55.13 (s), 53.80 (s), 33.85 (s).

Example 21 Synthesis of biotin substituted Compound (1-42) HH NH

H
H1-1.1 _______ \ I HH DMF/ DCC
_... (s)=,,,..Thr0--N, (s .õ,./......ThrOH stepl 0 0 2 o 4,7,10-trioxododecane,1,13-diataine 1 H
_________________________ a 1),, r HH H
DIVIF step2 S ""---""Thr"*"----- "----"No,,.."..Ø----- NH2 0.T.......0 v-IHH
Me0H/ DCM, DIEA rt.-3(OH

step3 o 0 .=.,.)L o rl . r.----.NH 0 Nj .........s,A 140 ex-ii 0 F hi 0 r'11)1(NH
eXLN /10 NJ
5 H ,w KN
F
H
NHS/ DCC o o , Me0H/ DCM HeliNH ,,.......70 step4 H __ S

Stepl:
1 o HN NH
I l't i H

[00274] To a round bottom flask with a stirring bar, biotin (2.0 g, 8.2 mmol) and DMF (60 mL) were added. After the solid was dissolved with heat, N-hydroxysuccinimide (0.944 g, 8.2 mmol) and DCC (2.2 g, 10.7 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The white solid was filtered, and the DMF was evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was further purified by re-crystallization from isopropanol to give the desired product 2 (2.7 g, m-Fir = 342.5) as white crystals.
Step2:
HH), siFAH
No s [00275] To a solution of 4,7,10-trioxododecane1,13-diamine (6.7 g, 30.4 mmol) in anhydrous DMF(100 mL) was drop-wise added a solution of 2 (2.0 g. 5.86 mmol) in dry DMF
(50 mL) over a period of 30 min under N2. The resulting thick white suspension was stirred for 30 min.
The precipitate was filtered and washed with DMF. The combined filtrate was concentrated and diethyl ester was added. The precipitate (sticky solid) was collected and purified by flash chromatography (DCM/ Me0H = 5/1) to give desired compound 3 (2.44 g, yield 93%, M+1-1 =
448.5).
Step3:
HNjsNH
Ht-=H 0 s oOH

[00276] To a solution of 3 (2.44 g, 5.44 mmol) in dry methanol/ DCM (1:1, 60 mL) were added glutaric anhydride (0.61 g, 5.35 mmol) and anhydrous diisopropyl ethylamine (2.5 g, 19 mrnol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h, and then solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (DCM/ Me0H = 5/1) to give desired compound 4 (1.3 g, yield 43%, M+H+ =
561.5).
Step4:

u, HçJ
NH

N

HN NH
H _________________________ S
[00277] To a solution of 4 (290 mg, 0.516 mmol) in dry methanol/ DCM (3:5, 16 mL) were added N-hydroxysuccinimide (89 mg, 0.775 mmol) and DCC (160 mg, 0.775 mmol).
The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3h, and then a solution of 5 (synthesized separated) in dry methanol/ DCM (1:1, 6 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (DCM/ Me0H = from 50/1 to 15/1) to give the desired product 1-42 (174mg, yield 44%, M+H+ = 1017.6).
Example 22 Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(3-fluoro-4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-y1)phenylamino)-5-hydroxypyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyliacrylamide (I-23a) HN
0 411 Th\l'M 0 411 OMe AlBr3, TEA
LN NOH
II PhCI, 120 C II
N N F N N
1-2 I-23a [00278] To a solution of AlBr3 (2.733 g) in chlorobenzene (20 mL) was drop-wise added TEA (0.434 g, 4.8 mmol). Compound 1-2 (0.518 g) was then added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 120 C for 4.5 h. Me0II (10 mL) was then added in to quench the reaction. Water was added in, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, dried and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by column chromatography (DCM/Me0H = 15/1 as mobile phase) to give desired product 1-23a (0.07 g, 13.88%, M+H+=465.5).
Example 23 Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(3-fluoro-4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-cflpyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyflacrylamide (I-24a) 02N so F
Pt02, H2 so F
+

DMF,70 H2N
02N C Et0H
OH

..-0 = NO2 POM

NaOH =

N-kX) ______________ u A
Pd2(dba)3, X-phos Me0H/Water gib 1114'111 P N N N F

K2003, t-BuOH POM

i-Pt02, H2 . CI .
Nr>THF DIEA/THF ,k F N N F N N HN
6 I-24a Synthesis of 2-fluoro-1-(2-methoxyethoxy)-4-nitrobenzene (1) [00279]A mixture of 2-fluoro-4-nitrophenol (7.940 g, 50.57 mmol), 1-bromo-2-methoxyethane (7.656 g, 55.09 mmol), K2CO3 (13.880 g, 100.57 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was stirred at 70-75 for 3 h until TLC (DCM/Me0H = 50/1 as mobile phase) indicated the completion of the reaction. The mixture was allowed to cool down to room temperature and then poured onto ice water (180 mL). The yellow precipitate was collected, washed with water (100 mL) and dried under vacuum for 5 hours to afford 2-fluoro-1-(2-methoxyethoxy)-4-nitrobenzene 1 (10.33 g, 95.81%).
Synthesis of 3-fluoro-4-(2-methoxyethoxy)aniline (2) [00280] A mixture of I (5.15 g, 23.93 mmol) and Pt02(0.143 g, 0.63 mmol) in ROH (1.00 mi..) was stirred at room temperature with hydrogen balloon overnight. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite. The Celtic layer was washed with Et01-1. The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 2 (4 g, 91%, M+Ir=186.5) without further purification.
Synthesis of (2-(3-fluoro-4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylamino)-4-(3-nitrophenoxy)-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yemethyl pivalate (4) [00281] Compound 2 (4.432 g, 23.95 mmol), compound 3 (9.752 g, 24 mmol), K2CO3 (6.659 g, 48.25 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (1.027 g, 1.12 mol), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'- triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (1.121 g, 2.36 mmol) and t-BuOH (50 mL) were sequentially added to a round-bottom flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After reaction for 3-4 h, TLC (DCM/Me0H = 10/1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C and then filtered through Celite. The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (30 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by column chromatography (Ethyl acetate: Petroleum ether = from 50% to 100% as mobile phase) to give 4 (9.61 g, 72.39%, M+H+ = 554.5) as a slight yellow solid.
Synthesis of N-(3-fluoro-4-(2-methoxyethoxy)pheny1)-4-(3-nitrophenoxy)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-amine (5) [00282] To a round-bottom flask (250 mL) was charged with compound 4 (9.608 g, 17.36 mmol) and Me0H (60 mL). After compound 4 was completely dissolved, the solution was cooled down to ¨10 C with an ice-bath. NaOH aqu solution (2.5 M, 20 mL) was slowly added into the flask with maintaining of the temperature around 16 C during the addition. The mixture was continued to stir for another 2 h at this temperature. Water (150 mL) was added slowly to the flask over 45 min with maintaining of the temperature below 20 C during the addition of water. The precipitate was collected, washed with water (50 mL) and dried under vacuum to afford the desired product 5 (4.232 g, 55%, m-Fir= 440.6), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of 4-(3-aminophenoxy)-N-(3-fluoro-4-(2-methoxyethoxy)pheny1)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-amine (6) [00283] A mixture of 5 (4.232 g, 9.6mm01) and Pt02 (0.101 g, 0.45 mmol) in THE
(40 mi,) was stirred at room temperature with hydrogen balloon overnight. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite . The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the desired product 6 (3.35 g, 85%, M+1-1+ = 410.5) as a white solid.
Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(3-fluoro-4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-24a) [00284] To a solution of compound 6 (2.05 g, 4 mmol) and DIEA (1.341 g, 10.4 mmol) in THE (50 mL) at 0 C, acryloyl chloride (0.434 g, 4.8 mmol) was dropwise added over 5 mm.
The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at 0 C. At this point, TLC indicated the reaction to be complete. NaOH aq. solution (1 M, 4 mL) and water (20 mL) were added to quench the reaction.
The resulting mixture was continued to stir for another 10 min. The upper THF
phase was separated and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography (Ethyl acetate: Petroleum ether from 50% to 100% as mobile phase) to give I-24a (1.420 g, 76.67%, M+H+ = 464.6) as a white solid.
Example 24 Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(4-(4-(2-methoxyethyl)piperazin-l-yl)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-25a) Pd/C, H2 CH3CN, reflux'. N DMF, Et3N
C THF, r.t.

OMe OMe H N

0*
NL.OMe HN
'N

L.N OMe Pd2(dba)3, X-phos, K2CO3, t-BuOH ii N
I-25a Synthesis of1-0-nitrophenylipiperazine (1) [00285]A mixture of 4-nitrofluorobenzene (70.7 g), piperazine (49.8 g) and acetonitrile (400 JAL) was stirred at refluxing overnight. The reaction was monitored by TLC.
After the reaction was complete, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to room temperature, basified with saturated K.2CO3 solution (500 mi,), and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afforded 1-(4-nitrophenyl)pipera.zine 2 (88.4 g, 85.1%, M+144, 208.5) as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of 1-(2-methoxyethyl)-4-(4-nitrophei0)piperazine (2) [002861To a solution of I -bromo--2-methoxyethane (60.5 e) and 1 (78.5 g) in DMF (400 int) at room temperature was added Et3N (65.6 g). The mixture was then heated up at 80 C. and stirred for 4.5 h. At this point, TLC indicated the reaction to be complete.
The reaction mixture was poured onto ice-water (1 L). The yellow precipitate was collected and dissolved with ethyl acetate. The solution was washed with water, brine and dried over Na2SO4. The organic solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude residue was re-dissolved with ethyl acetate (300 mI,), and petroleum ether (250 mi.) was then added. The resulting precipitate was removed (undesired product). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afforded desired product 2 (65.4 g, 65.1%, 1V1+11-= 266.6) as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of 4-(4-(2-methoxyethyl)piperazin-1-yeaniline (3) [002871A solution of 2 (63.4 g) and f'd/C (4.634 g, 10% activated on carbon) in THF (500 mi.) was stirred at room temperature with hydrogen balloon overnight. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite . The celite was washed with ethyl acetate. The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude compound 3 (54.0 2-, 96.0%, M+14= 236.6) without further purification.
Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(4-(4-(2-methoxyethyl)piperazin-l-yl)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-25a) [00288] Compound 3(0.835 g), compound 4 g), K2CO3 (0.964 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.164 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-yl) phosphine (0.157 g) and t-BuOH (20 mL) were sequentially added to a round-bottom flask.
The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After reaction for 3-4 h, TLC
(DCM/Me0H = 10/1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and was filtered through Celite .
The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (30 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was further purified by column chromatography (Et0Ac: Et0H
= 20:1 as mobile phase) to give I-25a (0.923 g, 98.37%, IN4-1-11H-= 505.6) as a white solid.
Example 25 Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-41-(2-fluoroethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methypamino)phenylamino)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-26a) CH31, NaH
______________________ 7, DMF, 0 C to r.t.
HN*,(6) Nõ,fs ONF ON ) Me e' --\._ 0 MONF
1 2 ,H 3 HN
41:1 -N N Me 0 n, N N N
Pd2(dba)3, X-phos, K2CO3, t-BuOH
I-26a Synthesis of (S)1-(2-fhutoroethyl)-N-methyl-N-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine (2) [002891 To a solution of .1 (see the previous section of intermediate S-1, 2.572 g) in DMF (28 mi..) at 0 C was sequentially added NaIi (0.35 g, 80% dispersion in mineral oil) and C1-1.31 (1.65 g). The resulting mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature and stirred for 1 h. At this point, TLC indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was then quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers was washed with water and dried over Na2SO4. The organic solvent was removed under reduced pressure to afford crude product2 (2.501 g, 91.1%, Is4.-o-r. 268.5), which was used directly in next step without further purification.
Synthesis of (S)-NI-(1-(2-fluoroethyl)pyrrolidin-3-y1)-Ni-methylbenzene-L4-diamine (3) [00290 IA mixture of 2 (2.501 g) and Pd/C (0.495 g, 10% activated on carbon) in Me0I1. (39 InL) was stirred at room temperature with hydrogen balloon for 4.5 h. At this point, TLC
showed the reaction to be complete. The reaction. mixture was filtered through Celtic . The ceh.te layer was washed with Me0II. The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford dark oil. The oil residue was re-dissolved in ethyl acetate. The resulting mixture was washed with water and dried over Na2SO4. The organic solvent was removed under reduced pressure to afford the crude compound 3 (1.4g, 63.1%, W141.1*-=
238.5), which was used in next step without further purification.
Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(44(1-(2-fluoroethyl)pyrrolidin-3-y1)(methyl)amino)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-cl]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenypacrylamide (I-26a) [00291] Compound 3(1.401 g), compound 4(1.985 g), K2CO3 (1.460 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.65 g), di cyclohexyl triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (0.65 g) and t-BuOH (32 mL) were sequentially added into a round-bottom flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow for 3-4 h. At this point, TLC
(DCM/Me0H = 10/1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (30 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude product, which was further purified by column chromatography to afford I-26a (415 mg, 13.16%, Idt-ii+= 516.6).
Example 26 Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-(1-(2-fluoroethyl)pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-cl]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-27a) NH2 HN)*=-=

0 1.1 Pd2(dba)3, X-phos. 40 A
HNõ,1s) K2CO3, t-BuOH N N N
ONF
CI 1\1----N

2 I-27a [00292] Compound I (see the previou.s section of intermediate S- t, 1.010 g), compound 2 (1.415 g), K2CO3 (1.30 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.602 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'- triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (0.601 g) and t-BuOH (28 mL) were sequentially added to a round-bottom flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow for 3-4 h. At this pointõ TLC (DCM/ Me0II = 10/1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C and filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (30 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude product, which was further purified by column chromatography to afford I-27a (400 mg, 17.81%, M.+I r, 502.6) as a gray solid.
Example 27 Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(1-(2-methoxyethypindolin-4-ylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-28a) Br 40.. pto2 (2%), H2 NaBH3CN, CH3COOH
DMF,N2H(60%) Et0H \
N 0 'C - It rt - 60 C
OMe OMe OMe HN

OS HN
CIN 0 lel N
Pd2(dba)3, X-phos, K2CO3, t-BuOH
ii N
I-28a Synthesis of 1-(2-methoxyethyl)-4-nitro-1H-indole (1) [00293] To a solution of 4-nitro-1H-indole (5.1 g, 30.77 mmol), 1-bromo-2-methoxyethane (5.134 g, 37 mmol) in DMF (30 mL), NaH (1.610 g, 80% dispersion in mineral oil. 40 mmol) was added potion-wise at room temperature. The mixture was stirred at 60 C for 3 h until TLC
(petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 6:1 as mobile phase) indicated the completion of the reaction.
The mixture was allowed to cool down to room temperature, and then poured onto water (60 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL x4). The combined organic layers was washed with water and brine, dried and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (ethyl acetate/ petroleum ether from 1/10 to 1/3 as mobile phase) to give compound 1 (4.778 g, 21.5 mmol, 69%) as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of 1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-indo1-4-amine (2) [00294] A mixture of 1-(2-methoxyethyl)-4-nitro-1H-indole 1 (4.778 g, 21 mmol) and Pi02 (0.091 g, 0.40 mmol) in Et0II (40 mL) was stirred at room temperature with hydrogen balloon overnight. TLC indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite. The celite layer was washed with Et0II. The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford compound 2 (3.67 g, 91%, M+1-r=191.2), which was used for next step reaction without further purification.
Synthesis of 1-(2-methoxyethyl)indolin-4-amine (3) [00295] To a solution of 1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-indo1-4-amine 2 (1.590 g, 7.16 mmol) in CH3COOH (10 ml.) at 0 C was added NaBFECN (1.286 g, 20.74 mmol) portion-wise.
The mixture was stirred for 3 h until TLC (petroleum ether/ ethyl acetate = 1/2 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. After the solvent was removed, the residue was basified with saturated NaHCO3 (50 mL) and then extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL
x4). The organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by column chromatography (ethyl acetate / petroleum ether from 1/3 to 3/1 as mobile phase) to give compound 3 (0.96 g, 4.37 mmol, 61%, M+I-E=193.5) as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(1-(2-methoxyethyl)indolin-4-ylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-28a) [00296] Compound 3 (0.430 g, 2.24 mmol), compound 4 (0.936 g, 3.063 mmol), (0.660 g, 4.783 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.270 g, 0.295 mmol), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'- triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (0.243 mg, 0.512 mmol) and t-BuOH (30 mI,) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 5-7 h, TLC (Ethyl acetate: Petroleum ether: TEA
= 1:1:0.1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C and filtered through Celite. The Celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by column chromatography (Ethyl acetate: Petroleum ether from 50% to 100% as mobile phase) to give 1-28a (773 mg, 79.89%, M+IE = 462.5) as a white solid.
[00297]1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 6 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.48 (d. J =
7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (t, J= 14.6 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (d, J=
7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (s, 1H), 6.42 (d, J= 16.8 Hz, 1H), 6.23 (dd, J= 16.8, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 6.16 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 111), 5.74 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, HI), 3.94 (s, 311), 3.60 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 211), 3.42 (s, 311), 3.36 (t, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H), 3.23 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 2.74 (t, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H).
Example 28 Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(1-(2-methoxyethyl)indolin-4-ylamino)pyrimidin-ylamino)phenyl)acrylamide (I-29a) NH2 HNI)C HN
N + HN 1.1 Pd2(dba)3, X-phos HN
K2CO3, t-BuOH OMe II
ri,;Me N N
CI N
Me0--7¨N

I-29a [00298] Compound 1 (0.403 g, 2.099 mmol), compound 2 (0.880 g, 2.890 mmol), (0.643 g, 4.659 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.233 g, 0.255 mmol), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'- triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (0.243 mg, 0.512 mmol) and t-BuOH (30 mL) were sequentially added to a flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 5-7 h, TLC (Ethyl acetate: Petroleum ether: TEA = 1:1:0.1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C and filtered through Celite . The Celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL).
The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by column chromatography (Ethyl acetate: Petroleum ether from 50% to 100% as mobile phase) to give I-29a (646 mg, 62.7%, M+II = 461.5) as a white solid.

[00299] 'H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 6 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J =
7.0 Hz, H), 7.26 (dt, J= 10.6, 4.1 Hz, 3H), 7.13 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (t, J= 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (s, HI), 6.45 (d, J= 16.9 Hz, 1II), 6.32- 6.19 (m, 211), 5.78 (d, J= 10.3 Hz, HI), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.62 (t, J= 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.45 (t, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 3.30 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 2.95 (t, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H).
Example 29 Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(4-(1-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolidin-ylamino)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-30a) Me0C2H4Br, Et3N H2, Pd/C . is CH3CN, 80 C THF, rt.
HN,,,1s) HN (s) CNH
=--0Me HN
=0 HN,Jc/, )1 CI , N
4 0 1.1 \11 Pd2(db2)3, X-phos, K2CO3, r-BuOH 0*/s) Me0 I-30a Synthesis of (S)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-N-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine (2) [00300] To compound 1(10 g) in MeCN (70 mil) was added Et3N (6.5 g) and 2-bromoethyl methyl ether (6.5 g). The reaction was stirred at 80 "C for 28 h. Once the reaction was complete, organic solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was re-dissolved in ethyl acetate, and a small amount of saturated 1C2C01 aqueous solution was added.
After stirred for a few minutes, the organic layer was separated, washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by flash chromatography to afford the desired product 2 (6.213 g, 48%, M-FII+ = 266.5) as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of (S)-N1-(1-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)benzene-1,4-diamine (3) [00301] A solution of 2 (6.213 g) and RIX (0.584 g, 10% activated on carbon) in THF (50 niL) was hydrogenated with hydrogen balloon at room temperature overnight. At this point, nr was indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite. The celite layer was washed with Melia The combined layers was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the desired product 3 (4.8 g, 87.3%. M-41-3,--236.5) without further purification.
Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(4-(1-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolidin-ylamino)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-30a) [00302] Compound 3(0.786 g), compound 4(1.083 g), K2CO3 (1.154 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.117 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-yl) phosphine (0.120 g) and t-BuOH (20 mL) were sequentially added to a flask.
The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 6 h, TLC (DCM: Me0H =
10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C and filtered through Celite . The Celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (30 mL).
The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by column chromatography (Ethyl acetate: Me0H = 9:1 as mobile phase) to give I-30a (1.2 g, 72.56%, M+H+ = 505.6).
Example 30 Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(4-(1-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolidin-ylamino)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-ylamino)phenyl)acrylamide (1-31a) HN 141 Pd2(dba)3, X-phos HN
HNõ(s) C K2003, t-BuOH EN1 OMe CN¨\-0Me CI)N N N

Me0 I-31a [00303] Compound 1 (0.789 g), compound 2 (1.041 g), K2CO3 (0.686 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.148 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-yl) phosphine (0.156 g) and t-BuOH (30 mL) were sequentially added to a flask.
The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 18 h, TLC (DCM: Me0H =
10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C and filtered through Celite . The Celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (30 mL).
The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography (Ethyl acetate: Me0H = 10:1 as mobile phase) to give I-31a (0.2 g, 12%, M+H+ = 504.6).
Example 31 Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(4-(2-methoxyethylamino)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (1-32a) MeON Pt02, H2 Me0'.---N =
THF

HNL

.0Me HN)L,7-' CI N

-' N
Pd2(dba)3, X-phos, K2CO3, t-BuOH Me0 N
N N
=
I-32a Synthesis of N1-(2-methoxyethyl)benzene-1,4-diamine (2) [00304] A mixture of compound 1 (1.496 g) and Pt02 (0.060 g) in THF (15 mL) was hydrogenated at room temperature overnight. At this point, TLC was indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate. The combined layers were concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the desired product 2 (1.201 g, 94A3%, M+I-1.--1-= 236.5) without further purification.
Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(4-(2-methoxyethylamino)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-32a) [00305] Compound 2 (0.532 g), compound 3(0.925 g), K2CO3 (0.931 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.145 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-yl) phosphine (0.150 g) and t-BuOH (10 mL) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 2 h, TLC (DCM: Me0II =
10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C and filtered through Celite . The Celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL).

The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography (Ethyl acetate: Me0H = 10:1 as mobile phase) to give I-32a (0.672 g, 48.2%, M+IE = 436.2).
[00306]1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 6 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.58 (d, J= 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.36 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.97 (d, J=
7.0 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 6.47 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.43 (dd, J= 16.9, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.23 (dcl, J=
16.8, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 5.75 (dd, J= 10.3, 1.0 Hz, HI), 3.92 (s, 311), 3.58 (t, J= 5.2 11z, 211), 3.39 (s, 311), 3.22 (t, J=
5.2 Hz, 2H).
Example 32 Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(6-((2-methoxyethyl)(methypamino)pyridin-ylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-33a) CI N
Et3N MeOf CH31, NaH
NO2 DCM DMF \%1 NO2 Pd/C, H2 _______ MeO-THF c.,-LNH2 HN)C., HN
Pd2(dba)3, X-phos 0 1411 N OMe K2CO3, t-BuOH
,L
I )1, N N
3 CI*" N

I-33a Synthesis of N-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-nitropyridin-2-amine (1) [00307] A mixture of 2-chloro-5-nitropyridine (1.578 g), 2-methoxyethylamine (1.522 g) and Et3N (2.070 g) in DCM (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 6 h. Then the mixture was heated up and stirred at refluxing for another 2 h. CH3CN (5 mL) was added in, and refluxed overnight. At this point, TLC indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction was quenched with water, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. Organic layers was combined, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give desired compound 1 (1.868 g, 95%, M+H+ = 198.2).
Synthesis of N-(2-methoxyethyl)-N-methyl-5-nitropyridin-2-amine (2) [00308] To a solution of 1 (1.648 g) in DMF (15 nal.) with ice-water bath was sequentially added Nall (0.302 g, 80% dispersion in mineral oil) and 0:131(1.418 g). The resulting mixture was then stirred at 0 C for 1.0 min. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed wi.th water, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude product 2 (2.0 g, 212.2) was used directly in next step without further purification.
Synthesis of N2-(2-rnethoxyethy1)-N2-methylpyridine-2,5-diamine (3) [00309] A solution of 2 (2.0 g) and Pd/C (0.300 g, 10% activated on carbon) in Tif (20 mL) was hydrogenated at 40 C overnight. At this point, TLC indicated the reaction to be complete.
'The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite. The celite layer was washed with MeOH. The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford desired product 3 (1.687 g, 98%, M+11'.1.82.3) without further purification.
Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(6-((2-methoxyethyl)(methyl)amino)pyridin-ylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-33a) [00310] Compound 3 (1.687 g), compound 4 (2.827 g), K2CO3 (2.570 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.6 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-ye phosphine (0.6 g) and t-BuOH (60 ml.) were sequentially added to a flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 3 h, TLC (Ethyl acetate: Et0H =
10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C and filtered through Celite . The Celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL).
The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography (Ethyl acetate as mobile phase) to give I-33a (2.591 g, 62.4%, M+H+ = 451.5).
Example 33 Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(1-(2-methoxyethyl)indolin-5-ylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyllaerylamide (1-34a) op NO2 Pt02, H2 NaH, DMF THF
¨0 1 ¨0 2 HN).õ HN
NH2 Me0 Pd2(dba)3, X-0 phos __ K2CO3, t-N,L,OMe BuOH N NL.OMe ¨0 2 CI N N N

I-34a Synthesis of 1-(2-methoxyethy1)-5-nitroindoline (1) [003111 To a solution of 5-nitroindoline (5.718 a) in DI\414 (60 mit) at 0 C
was sequentially added Nail (1.348 g, 60% dispersion in mineral oil) and 1-bromo-2-methoxyethane (5.368 g).
The mixture was stirred at 0 C for 2 it, and then was allowed to warm up to room temperature and stirred for another 3 h. At this point, TLC indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was poured onto ice-water. The precipitate was collected, and re-dissolved in ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, brine and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the desired product 1(7.292 g, 94%, m+Iir. 223.3) as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of 1-(2-methoxyethyl)indolin-5-amine (2) [00312] A solution of 1 (7.272 g) and Pt02 (0.202 g) in THF (100 mi..) was hydrogenated at room temperature overnight.. At this point, TLC indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite. The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate.
The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford desired product 2 (6.247 g, 99.3%, 193.5) which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(1-(2-methoxyethyl)indolin-5-ylamino)pyrimidin-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-34a) [00313] Compound 2(1.059 g), compound 3(1.813 g), K2CO3 (1.037 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.146 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-yl) phosphine (0.152 g) and t-BuOH (50 mL) were sequentially added to a flask.
The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 5 h, TLC (Ethyl acetate:
petroleum ether =
1:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C and filtered through Celite . The Celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography (Ethyl acetate: petroleum ether =
1:3 as mobile phase) to give desired product I-34a (1.368 g, 53.9%, M+H+ = 462.6).
Example 34 Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(4-((2-methoxyethyl)(methyl)amino)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyliacrylamide (1-35a) CH31, NaH
r, m Et3N Me0"-"N 40 Pd/C, H2 THF

HN HNJ=L,.,"
MeON Pd2(dba)3, X-phos 0 el 0 el K2CO3, t-BuOH Me NH2 Me0-''N
3 N",11 CI "'N

I-35a Synthesis of N-(2-n-aethoxyethyl)-4-nitroaniline (1) [00314] A mixture of 1-fluoro-4-nitrobenzene (2.820 g), 2-methoxyethylamine (3.00 g) and Et3N (4.04 g) in CH3CN (20 mL) was stirred at 50 C overnight. The reaction was quenched with water, then extracted with ethyl acetate. Organic layers were combined, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and then concentrated under reduced pressure to give desired compound 1 (3.9 g, 99%. M+H+= 197.3), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of N-(2-methoxyethyl)-N-methyl-4-nitroaniline (2) [00315] To a solution of 1 (1.047 g) in DM17(15 nth) with ice-water bath was sequentially added Nail (0.200 g) and C1131 (0.906 g). The resulting mixture was then stirred at 0 C 10 min.
The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate.
The combined organic layer was washed with water, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude 2 (1.0 2, 89%, M+1-r--= 211.3) was used directly in next step without further purification.
Synthesis of NI-(2-tnethoxyethy1)-N'-rnethylbenzene-1,4-diamine (3) [00316] A mixture of 1 (1.0 g) and Pd/C (0.100 g, 10% activated on carbon) in THF (20 mi.) was hydrogenated at 40 C overnight. At this point, TLC indicated the reaction to be complete.
The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate. The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford desired product 3 (1.058 g, MATE= 181.3) without further purification.
Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(4-((2-methoxyethyl)(methyl)amino)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyllacrylamide (I-35a) [00317] Compound 3(1.058 g), compound 80(4 g), K2CO3 (1.630 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.3 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (0.3 g) and t-BuOH (50 mL) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 5 h, TLC (Ethyl acetate:
Ethanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. '[he reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C and filtered through Celitc . 'Me Celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography (Ethyl acetate as mobile phase) to give desired product I-35a (1.8 g, 68.7%, M+H+ = 450.6).
Example 35 Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(1-(2-methoxyethyl)indolin-5-ylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxylphenyllacrylamide (1-36a) Me0 0 el Pd2(dba)3 X-phos ri N + ciN "--n i K2CO3, t-BuOH N rii .....1*-r) ¨N N
11-1V N Me0H/VVater ¨0 1 µpoM H POM

Me0 Me0 ? 0 4111 mr, . ms,2 _,, "
FIU2, n2 ... ? 0 411 NH2 0 )L
N ii N ''').'n. , THE N
0 )1, 1\1)n-" H\
DIEA/THF _________________________________________________ .
gilliF N N HN N N H"
H H

Me0 ra 1?
H
N
N
_.u, , N N hi H
I-36a Synthesis of (2-(1-(2-methoxyethyl)indolin-5-ylarnino)-4-(3-nitrophenoxy)-71-1-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yinnethyl pivalate (3) [00318] Compound 1 (0.7 g), compound 2 (1.780 g), K2CO3 (1.01 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.4 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-ye phosphine (0.401 g) and t-BuOH (16 mL) were sequentially added to the flask.
The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 3.5 h, TLC (Ethyl acetate: Ethanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C and filtered through Celite . The Celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography to give compound 3 (0.7 g, 34.2%).
Synthesis of N-(1-(2-methoxyethyl)indolin-5-y1)-4-(3-nitrophenoxy)-71-1-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-amine (4) [00319] To a round-bottom flask (250 mL) was charged with compound 3 (700 mg), Me0H
(6 mL) and THF (1 mL). When compound 3 was completely dissolved, the reaction mixture was cooled down to ¨10 C with an ice-bath. NaOH solution (2.5 M, 2 mL) was then added into the flask slowly, maintaining the temperature ¨16 C throughout the addition. The mixture was stirred for 2 h at this temperature and then water (20 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure.
The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography to afford compound 4 (320 mg, 57.4%, M+H+= 447.6).
Synthesis of 4-(3-aminophenoxy)-N-(1-(2-methoxyethyl)indolin-5-y1)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-amine (5) I00320 1A mixture. of 4 (320 mg) and Pt02 (8 mg) in THE (5 ml) was hydrogenated with hydrogen balloon at room temperature overnight. At this point, TLC indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate. The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography to afford desired compound 5 (0.25 g, 83.75%).
Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(1-(2-methoxyethyl)indolin-5-ylamino)-71-1-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-36a) [00321] To a mixture of compound 5 (0.25 g) and DIEA (125 mg) in TIIF (4 mL) at 0 C was dropwise added acryloyl chloride (82 mg) over 5 min. The mixture was stirred for 2 h at this temperature. NaOH solution (1M, 2 mL) was added to quench the reaction. The mixture was stirred for 30 min, and then diluted with water (30 mL) before being extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL). The organic layer was separated and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography to give I-36a (186 mg, 65.85%, M+H+=471.6).
Example 36 Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(3,5-difluoro-4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenypacrylamide (I-37a) HO...--...õ...0,, 02N 0 F 02N 0 F H2N * F
NaH Pt02, H2 ' F DMF,70 C 0..--..õØ, Et0H oO., F F F

F 0- 0 mo 14111 .=-=2 F 0 = NO2 Pd2(dba)3, X-phos H2N . O 1-, K2003, t-BuOH 0 N'in Na01-1 Me0H/VVater , CI N N F N N N
F POM H POM

I. 0 lei 1\1112 , F102, FI2 '\õ,C) 0 cr),----, THF .X DIEA/THF
H H H
F N N HN F N N H

N
H

"-In ,1L , F NNN
H
I-37a Synthesis of 1, 3-difkaorn-2-(3-methoxyethoxy)-5-nitrobenzene (1) [00322] To a solution of 1, 2, 3-trifluoro-5-nitrobenzene (2.625 g, 14 mmol) and 2-methoxyethanol (1.3 g, 17 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added NaH (0.815 g, 80%
dispersion in mineral oil). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h until TLC
(Petroleum: Ethyl acetate = 1:6 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The mixture was poured into water (60 mL) and extracted with EA (40 mL x4). The organic layer was combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography (Et0Ac/ Petroleum ether from 1/7 to 1/3 as mobile phase) to give 1 (2.609 g, 80%) as a dark yellow solid.
Synthesis of 3, 5-difluoro-4-(2-methoxyethoxy)aniline (2) [00323]A mixture of 1 (3.88 g) and Pt02 (0.089 g) in Et0H (30 mL) was hydrogenated at room temperature overnight. At this point, TLC indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and washed with ethyl acetate.
The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the desired product 2 (2.7 g, 95%) without further purification.
Synthesis of (2-(3,5-difluoro-4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylamino)-4-(3-nitrophenoxy)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yemethyl pivalate (4) [00324] Compound 2 (2.7g, 13.3mm01), compound 3 (6.075 g, 15 mmol), K2CO3 (4.140 g, 30 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.064 g, 0.07 mol), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (0.065 g, 0.14 mmol) and t-BuOH (50 mL) were sequentially added to a flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 3-4 h, TLC (DCM: Methanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C and filtered through Celite . The Celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (30 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography (Et0Ac/
Petroleum ether from 50% to 100%) to give compound 4 (4.932 g, 65%) as a slight yellow solid.
Synthesis of N-(3,5-difluoro-4-(2-methoxyethoxy)pheny1)-4-(3-nitrophenoxy)-71-1-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-amine (5) [00325] To a round-bottom flask (250 mL) was charged with compound 4 (4.932 g, 8.64 mmol) and Me0H (40 mL). When compound 4 was completely dissolved, the solution was cooled down to -10 C with an ice-bath. NaOH solution (2.5 M, 10 mL) was then added into the flask slowly, maintaining the temperature -16 C during the addition. The mixture was stirred for 2 h at this temperature. Water (100 mL) was added to the flask over 15 mm, maintaining the temperature below 20 C. The mixture was continuously stirred for another 15 mm. The precipitate was collected, washed with water (50 inL) and dried under vacuum to afford compound 5 (1.579 g, 40%).

Synthesis of 4-(3-aminophenoxy)-N-(3,5-difluoro-4-(2-methoxyethoxy)pheny1)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-amine (6) [003261 A mixture of $ (1.579 g, 3.456 mmol) and Pt02 (16 mg, 0.07 mmol) in Tiff' (30 mL) was hydrogenated with hydrogen balloon at room temperature overnight. At this point, TLC
indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was filtered through Cate and washed ethyl acetate. The combined filtrate was concentrated to afford the desired compound 6 (1.401 g, 95%) as a Nvhite solid, Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(3,5-difluoro-4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-37a) [00327] To a solution of compound 6 (1.401g, 3.28mm01) and DIEA (0.464 g, 3.6 mmol) in THF (50 mL) at 0 C was dropwise added acryloyl chloride (0.307 g, 3.4 mmol) over 5 min. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at this temperature. NaOH solution (1M, 3 mL) and water (20 mL) were added to quench the reaction. The mixture was stirred for additional 10 min, and the upper THF phase was separated and evaporated to under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography (Et0Ac / Petroleum ether from 50% to 100% as mobile phase) to give I-37a (1.090 g, 63%, M+H+ = 482.2) as a white solid.
Example 37 Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(4-((2-methoxyethyl)(propyl)amino)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-38a) >¨Br MeeN 40 Pd2(dba)3, XPhos mecr"---"N io H2. Pt02 MeON
K2003, t-BuOH THF
NO2 K2003, NH2 MeONI 401 o Pd2(dba)3, x-phos L.
141111 o K2CO3, t-BuOH Me Me0.'"N N-ki) t.
3 CI N N) N

I-38a Synthesis of N-tcyclopropyl-N-(2-methoxyethyll)-4-nitroaniline (2) [00328] A mixture of compound 1 (1.001 g), cyclopropyl bromide (2.300 g), Pd2(dba)3 (0.132 g), X-Phos (0.100 g) and potassium carbonate (1.070 g) in t-butanol (20 mL) was stirred under argon at refluxing overnight. TLC indicated the reaction to be complete. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite , and washed with ethyl acetate.
The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by flash column chromatography to afford the desired compound 2 (700 mg, 58.13%).
Synthesis of N1-(2-methoxyethyl)-N1-propylbenzene-1,4-diamine (3) l00329JA mixture of 2 @.556 g) and .Pt02 (0.060 g in TfiF (15 tut) was hydrogenated at room temperature overnight. TLC indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite, arid washed with ethyl acetate. The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure afford to the crude product 3 (0.55 g), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(4-((2-methoxyethyl)(propyl)amino)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyliacrylamide (I-38a) [00330] Compound 3 (0.550 g), compound 4 (0.571 g), K2CO3 (0.075 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.075 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-yl) phosphine (0.071 g) and t-BuOH (15 mL) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 3 h, TLC (Ethyl acetate:
Ethanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C and filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (10 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography (Et0Ac/ Petroleum ether from 50% to 100%) to give compound I-38a (0.182 g, 21.2%, M+H+=478.6).
[00331]1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 6 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.54 ¨ 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.36 (t, = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 6.96 ((dd, J= 7.9, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 6.50 (d, = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 6.42 (dd, J = 16.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.22 (dd, J = 16.8, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 5.75 (dd, J =
10.2, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.48 (t, J= 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.42 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 3.19 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 1.58¨ 1.49 (m, 2H), 0.88 (t, J= 7.4 Hz, 3H).
Example 38 Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(4-(cyclopropy1(2-methoxyethyl)amino)phenylamino)-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-39a) 11.
N-L,0Me -N
Me0- Me0"
Fe, NH4CI 3 -N N
Et0H/H20 Pd2(dba)3, X-phos, K2CO3, t-BuOH

HN

MeON 0) N Me I-39a Synthesis of N1-cyclopropyl-N1-(2-methoxyethyl)benzene-1,4-diamine (2) [00332] Compound 1 (0.580 g) in EtOH/H20 (24 mL, 17:7) was treated with iron (0.62 g) followed by ammonium chloride (2.092 g). The mixture was stirred at refluxing for 2 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite . The filtrate was basified with NaHCO3 (aq, 30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL x4). The organic layer was combined, dried and concentrated to provide the crude compound 2 (0.545 g which was used in next step without further purification_ Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(4-(cyclopropy1(2-methoxyethyl)amino)phenylamino)-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-39a) [00333] Compound 2 (0.5 g), compound 3 (0.745 g), K2CO3 (0.890 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.232 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-yl) phosphine (0.240 g) and t-BuOH (20 mL) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N7 flow. After 4 h, TLC (Ethyl acetate:
Ethanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C and filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (10 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography to give compound I-39a (0.228 g, 17.4%, M+Ir=476.6).
[00334]1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO) 6 10.33 (s, 1H), 8.86 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (dd, J= 26.8, 18.9 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H), 6.94 (d, J=
7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (dd, J= 19.2, 9.1 Hz, 3H), 6.27 (d, J= 17.0 Hz, 1H), 5.76 (dd, J= 17.6, 7.7 Hz, 2H), 5.09 (d, = 13.0 Hz, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.89-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.47- 3.32 (m, 4H), 3.25 (s, 3H).
[00335]13C NMR (126 MHz, DMSO) 6 165.31 (s), 161.44 (s), 156.04 (s), 154.80 (s), 146.07 (s), 144.92 (s), 142.28 (s), 136.95 (s), 136.35 (s), 133.67 (s), 132.17 (s), 131.82 (s), 129.29 (s), 121.98 (s), 118.79 (s), 118.01(s), 117.82 (s), 114.78 (s), 114.05 (s), 71.98 (s), 60.24 (s), 59.67 (s), 55.20 (s), 51.87 (s).
Example 39 Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-(1-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-cl]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-40a) HNY

Pd2(dba)3, X-phos 1411 NaOH
IrLn Me0H/H20 K2CO3 t-BuOH is) N11-11p fiEtu Me0 tBuCI) H):) OS
11).(;*Q
H H
Me0 I-40a Synthesis of (S)-(4-(3-acrylamidophenoxy)-2-(4-(1-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yOmethyl pivalate (3) [00336] Compound 1 (1.008 g, 4.289 mmol), compound 2 (2.143 g, 5.007 mmol), (1.455 g, 10.543 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.432 g, 0.472 mmol), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'- triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (0.434 g, 0.992 mmol) and t-BuOH
(20 inL) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N7 flow. After 5-7 h, TLC (DCM: Methanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, concentrated under reduced pressure, and followed by addition of ethyl acetate (50 mL) and activated charcoal (0.5 g). The mixture was stirred for 15 mm and then filtered through Celite .
The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude 3 (1.723 g, 64%) as a white solid, which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-(1-(2-methoxyethyppyrrolidin-3-ylamino)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-40a) [00337] To a round-bottom flask (250 mL) was charged with compound 3 (0.550 g, 0.877 mmol) and Me0H (20 mL). After compound 3 was completely dissolved, the mixture was cooled down to ¨10 C with an ice-bath. NaOH solution (2.5 M, 2 mL) was then added into the flask slowly, keeping the temperature below 16 C during the addition. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at this temperature. Water (100 mL) was then added slowly to the flask over 15 min (maintaining the temperature below 20 C). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL
x4). The combined organic layers were concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography (Ethyl acetate /Petroleum ether =
from 10% to 100% as mobile phase) to give I-40a (0.17 g, 29%, M+H+ =514.5) as a yellow solid.
Example 40 Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(44(2-methoxyethyl)(methyl)amino)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenypacrylamide (I-41a) Os MeO'N"--"N Pc12(dba), X-phos o NaOH
Me0"--'*---"M
NH2 K2CO3, t-BuOH Me0H/H20 -N N
1 LO N N Ni then NH3, Me0H/DCM

tBuiC) Be 0 0 el 0 C I
e 0 N Nr Pt 2' H2 Mee''''N N) n ______ THF N N N
)1, DIEA/THF
.1.11Pr N N

HN

Me0"-"',-"N N
)1, N N N
I-41a Synthesis of (2-(44(2-methoxyethyl)(methyl)amino)phenylamino)-4-(3-nitrophenoxy)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yemethyl pivalate (3) [00338] Compound 1 (3.0 g), compound 2 (7.1 g), K,CO3 (4.78 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (1.2 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (1.2 g) and t-BuOH (100 mL) were sequentially added to the flask.
'the reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 3 h, TLC (DCM: Methanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to afford compound 3 (6.010 g, 65.8%).
Synthesis of N'-(2-methoxyethyl)-N1-methyl-N4-(4-(3-nitrophenoxy)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)benzene-1,4-diamine (4) [00339] To a round-bottom flask (250 mL) was charged with compound 3 (6.01 g) and Me0H (50 mL). When compound 3 was completely dissolved, the solution was cooled down to -10 C with an ice-bath. NaOH solution (2.5 M, 10 mL) was then added slowly into the flask with the temperature remained below 16 C during the addition. The mixture was stirred for 2.5 h at this temperature. Water (150 mL) was slowly added into the flask over 15 mm with the temperature remained below 20 C during the addition. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mi, x2). The organic layers were combined, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was re-dissolved in Me0H/DCM (1:1, 50 mL) and the resulting solution was bubbled with NH3(g) at room temperature. After 7 hr, LC-MS
indicated the reaction to be complete. The organic solvent was removed under reduced pressure to afford 4 (4.5 g, 94.7%), which was used in next step without further purification.
Synthesis of N1-(4-(3-aminophenoxy)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-cllpyrimidin-2-y1)-N4-(2-methoxyethyl)-N4-methylbenzene-1,4-diamine (5) [00340] A mixture of 4 (4.5 g) and Pt02 (50 mg) in THF (52 mL) was hydrogenated with hydrogen balloon at room temperature for 44 11, TLC and LC-MS indicated the incompletion of the reaction because of the slow conversion from hydroxylainine to amine. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite. The filtrate was concentrated. The residue was treated with iron/NI-14C' agflitOPE system for 24 h. The crude was purified by column chromatography to afford the desired compound 5 (2.1 g, 50 T)) as a white solid.
Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(44(2-methoxyethyl)(methypamino)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenypacrylamide (I-41a) [00341] To a solution of compound 5 (2.1 g) and DIEA (1.01 g) in THF (30 mI,) at 0 C was added acryloyl chloride (0.810 g) drop-wise over 5 min. The mixture was stirred for 3 h at this temperature. NaOH solution (1M, 3 mL) and water (50 mL) were added to quench the reaction.
The resulting mixture was stirred for another 10 min, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography (DCM/Me0H = 20/1 as mobile phase) to give compound I-41a (0.605 g, 95.9%, M+H+=459.5).
Example 41 Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(4-((1-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-42a) 110 NaH, CH3I I Pt02, H2 DMF
õ,P N (s) HN
,e 4, OMe OMe CN
OMe HN

N)'\"---0Me 0 -N
7.ThoN H

\ II
Nj 40 NN
Pd2(dba)3, X-phos, K2CO3, t-BuOH

I-42a Synthesis of (S)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-N-methyl-N-(4-nitronhenyOpyrrolidin-3-amine (2) [00342! To a solution of 1 (2.7 g) in DMF (15 mL) at 0"C was sequentially added Nall (0.611 g, 80% dispersion in mineral oil) and C1131 (1.5 g). The resulting mixture was stirred for 3 h at this temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with water, dried over Na.2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude 2 (2.3 g) was used directly in next step without further purification.
Synthesis of (S)-N1-(1-(2-methoxyeth3,1)pyrrolidin-3-y1)-NI-methylbenzene-194-diamine (3) [00343]A mixture of 2 (2.3 g) and Pt02 (0.057 g) in THE' (40 inL) was hydrogenated with hydrogen balloon at room temperature for 41 11, TLC showed the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celitea The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude compound 3 (1.7 g) without further purification.

Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(4-((1-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-42a) [00344] Compound 3 (0.7 g), compound 4 (0.905 g), K2CO3 (0.838 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.275 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-yl) phosphine (0.271 g) and t-BuOH (15 mL) were sequentially added to a flask.
The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 5 h, TLC (DCM: Methanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to afford compound I-42a (0.66 g, 45.4%, M+H =519.6).
[00345]1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO) 6 10.36 (s, 111), 8.94 (s, 114), 8.15 (s, 111), 7.74 - 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.42 (t, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.09 - 6.85 (m, 1H), 6.55 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 6.45 (dd, J= 16.9, 10.1 Hz, 1H), 6.28 (dd, J= 17.0, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.78 (dd, J= 10.1, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 4.24 - 4.08 (m, 1H), 3.86 (s. 3H), 3.47 -3.37 (m, 2H), 3.24 (s, 3H), 2.71 (td, J= 8.5, 4.3 Hz, HI), 2.65 (s, 311), 2.58 (dt, J= 8.1, 6.0 Hz, 211), 2.55 - 2.45 (m, 211), 2.33 (q, J= 7.7 IIz, 1H), 2.05- 1.90 (m, 1H), 1.57 (td, J= 13.4, 7.8 Hz, 1H).
[00346] '3C NMR (126 MHz, DMSO) 6 165.32 (s), 161.43 (s), 155.90 (s), 154.78 (s), 147.40 (s), 145.98 (s), 142.28 (s), 136.44 (s), 133.57 (d, J= 18.4 Hz), 131.87 (s), 129.30 (s), 121.49 (s), 118.77 (s), 118.09 (s), 116.72 (s), 114.93 (s), 72.92 (s), 60.02 (s), 59.79 (s), 59.62 (s), 59.30 (s), 56.79 (s), 55.89 (s), 35.77 (s), 29.76 (s).
Example 42 Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(1-(2-fluoroethyl)-/H-indo1-5-ylamino)-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyflacrylamide (I-43a) 02N 40 02N so _____________________________ H2N, Pt DMF,NaH(60%) 2,Et0H
H rt - 60 C

F\

Pd2(dba)3, X-0 II phos N0 el K2CO3, t-BuOH N
2 ?F CI 410 'N
3 I-43a Synthesis of 1-(2-fluoroethyl)-5-nitro-1H-indole (1) [00347] To a solution of 5-nitro-1H-indole (1.618 g, 10 mmol) in DivilP (10 ml) at 0 C was sequentially added NaH (0.805 g, 60% dispersion in mineral oil) and 1-bromo-2-methoxyethane (1.32 g). rihe mixture was stirred at 60 C for 3 h until TLC (Petroleum ether:
Ethyl acetate = 5:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The mixture was allowed to cool down to room temperature, poured onto water (60 nil,) and then extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mI, x4). The organic layers were combined and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure.
The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (Et0Ac /Petroleum ether from 1/10 to 1/3 as mobile phase) to give 1 (1.767 g, 8.5 mmol, 85%) as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of 1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-indol-5-amine (2) [00348]A mixture of 1 (1.767 g, 8.5 mmol) and Pt02(0.046 g, 0.20 mmol) in Et0I-1 (40 aiL) was hydrogenated with hydrogen balloon at room temperature overnight. At this point, TLC
indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and washed with small amount of ethanol. The combined filtrates was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 2 (1.347 g, 89%), which was used in next step without further purification.
Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-indol-5-ylamino)-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyflaerylamide (I-43a) [00349] Compound 2 (0.877 g, 4.867 mmol), compound 3 (1.902 g, 6.327 mmol), (1.347 g, 9.743 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.455 g, 0.487 mmol), dicyclohexyl (2%41,61- triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (0.471 g, 0.974 mmol) and t-BuOII
(30 mL) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under 1\12 flow. After 5 h, TLC (Et0Ac/Petroleum ether/TEA = 1:1:0.1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mI,). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to afford compound I-43a (1.66 g, 74%, M+H+=448.6) as a light yellow solid.
Example 43 Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(4-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethoxy)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (1-44a) OH SMe Me cy".õ502Me Me 40 ___________ 40 m-CPBA Fe, NH4CI aq DIAD, PPh3 DCM, 000 to 010 THF, reflux NO
PhMe, 0 C to r t 2 NO2 NO2 NH2 N Pd2(dba)3, X-003 K2CO3, t-BuOH N-L7. c) 8 cl N N N

=
I-44a Synthesis of methyl(2-(4-nitrophenoxy)ethAsulfaue (1) [00350] "Fo a solution of 4-nitrophenol (1.413 g), 2-(methylthio)ethanol (0.948 g) and PP113 (3.216 g) in toluene (30 nit) at 0 C was slowly added [MAD (4 mi..). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. Solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (Et0Ac /Petroleum ether from 1:20 to 1:10 as mobile phase) to afford compound 1 (1.879 g, 86.7%) as a yellow oil.
Synthesis of 1-(2-(tnethylsulfonyl)ethoxy)-4-introbenzene (2) [00351]A solution of 1(1.490 g) in DCM (10 int.) at 0 C was treated with 3-chloroperbenzoic acid (2.511 g). The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NalIC03solution, and then extracted with DCM. The organic layer was separated, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield crude compound 2 (4.542 g), which was used directly in next step without further purification.
Synthesis of 4-(2-(methylsulfortyl)ethoxy)aniline (3) [00352]A solution of 2 (4.542 g) in THF (50 mL) was treated with iron (5.823 g) and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at refluxing for 2.5 h.
After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite . The filtrate was concentrated wider reduced pressure to yield crude product 3 (2.785 g), which was used tor next reaction, without further purification.
Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(4-(2-(methylsulfonyi)ethoxy)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (1-44a) [00353] Compound 3 (2.304 g), compound 4 (2.270 g), K2CO3 (3.270 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.517 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-yl) phosphine (0.512 g) and t-BuOH (60 mL) were sequentially added to a flask.
The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 3.5 h, TLC (Et0Ac/
Petroleum ether /TEA
= 1:1:0.1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to afford compound 1-44a (1.8 g, 29.1%, M+fr=485.5) as a light yellow solid.
[00354]1H NMR (500 MHz, DM80) 6 10.37 (s, 1H), 9.14 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.63 (t, J =
2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 6.96 (ddd, J= 8.1, 2.3, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 2H), 6.44 (dd, J= 17.0, 10.1 Hz, 1H), 6.27 (dd, 1= 17.0, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 5.78 (dd, J= 10.1, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (t, J= 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.57 (t, J= 5.6 Hz, 211), 3.05 (s, 311).
Example 44 Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-indol-5-ylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyliacrylamide (I-45a) 02N Br R02, H2 NaH, THF
THE
r.t. to 60 C
OMe 2 OMe HN HN)-I-Pd2(dba)3, X-phos 0 el K2CO3, t-BuOH N

OMe CI re \
N V-I-45a 1.(2-Inethoxyethyl)-5-nitro-lll-indole (1) [00355] To a solution of 5-nitro-1H-indole (1.620 g) and 1-bromo-2-methoxyethane (1.412 g) in '11-IF (15 int) at room temperature was added Nall (0.420 g, 80% dispersion in mineral oil).
The mixture was stirred at 60 C for 6 h. Another portion of 1-bromo-2-methoxyethane (0.301 g) was added, and the mixture was continuously stirred at 60 C overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled and poured onto ice-water, The precipitates was filtered, washed with water, and dried to afford 1 (2.10 g, 95.45%) as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of 1-(2-methoxyethyl)-III4ndal-5-amine (2) [00356]A solution of 1 (2.052 g) and Pt02(0.062 g) in *HIP (20 rid.) was hydrogenated with hydrogen balloon at room temperature overnight. At this point. TLC indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 2 (1.600 g), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(1-(2-methoxyethyl)-1H-indol-5-ylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-45a) [00357] Compound 2(1.001 g), compound 3(1.624 g), K2CO3 (1.495 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.456g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-yl) phosphine (0.480 g) and t-BuOH (15 mL) were sequentially added to a flask.
The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 6 h, TLC (Et0Ac/
Petroleum ether /TEA =
1:1:0.1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celile . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to afford compound I-45a (1.5 g, 62.5%, M+H+=460.5) as a white solid.
[00358] 'H NMR (500 MHz, DMS0) 6 10.37 (s, 1H), 9.06 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.70 - 7.66 (m, 2H), 7.64 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.51 -7.36 (m, 1H), 7.22 - 7.16 (m, 2H), 7.10 (dd, J= 8.8, 1.9 Hz, ill), 6.99 (ddd, J= 8.1, 2.3, 0.7 Hz, ill), 6.44 (dd, J= 17.0, 10.1 Hz, HI), 6.27 (dd, J=
17.0, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.11 (d, J= 2.9 Hz, 1H), 5.77 (dd, J= 10.1, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (t, J= 5.3 Hz, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.59 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.19 (s, 3H).
[00359]13C NMR (126 MHz, DMS0) 6 165.36 (s), 161.45 (s), 156.17 (s), 154.90 (s), 146.13 (s), 142.38 (s), 136.38 (s), 134.91 (s), 133.62 (d, J= 14.8 Hz), 131.92 (s), 130.87 (s), 129.95 (s), 129.31(s), 118.93 (s), 118.06 (s), 116.55 (s), 114.68 (s), 111.23 (s), 111.10 (d, J = 27.6 Hz), 102.25 (s), 73.05 (s), 60.05 (s), 59.67 (s), 47.31 (s).
Example 45 Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(64(2-methoxyethyl)(methypamino)pyridin-3-ylamino)-pyrrolo[2,3-cl]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyeacrylamide (I-46a) 0 =
Pc12(dba)3. X-phos 0 N NaOH

N Me0H/H20 CI N N K2CO3, t-BuOH
1 N N, THF

tBuO
tBui0 MeON Pt 2' H2 Ar$ ___ THF MeODIEA/THF
N N N N

HN
OS
meo^---N y"
N N N
146a Synthesis of (2-(6-42-methoxyethyl)(methyl)amino)pyridin-3-ylamino)-4-(3-nitrophenoxy)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)methyl pivalate (3) [00360] Compound 1 (3.1 g), compound 2 (10.0 g), K2CO3 (5.2 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (1.2 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-ye phosphine (1.2 g) and t-BuOII (100 mL) were sequentially added to a flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow.. After 3.5 h, TLC (DCM/Me0H =
10/1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to afford compound 3 (6.875 g, 62.5).
Synthesis of N2-(2-methoxyethyl)-N2-methyl-N5-(4-(3-nitrophenoxy)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-yppyridine-2,5-diamine (4) [00361] To a round-bottom flask (250 mL) was charged with compound 3 (6.857 g) and Me0H (120 mL). When compound 3 was completely dissolved, the solution was cooled with ice-bath to around 10 C. NaOH solution (2.5 M, 10 ml) was then added into the flask slowly, maintaining the temperature below 16 C during the addition. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at this temperature followed by addition of THF (50 mL). After 1.5 h, water (100 mL) was added to the flask over 15 min, maintaining the temperature below 20 C. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were concentrated under reduced pressure.
Solvents (50 mL, ethyl acetate/ petroleum ether = 1:4) were added into this crude product, and stirred for 2 h. The resulting solid was filtered and dried to afford 4 (5.13 g), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of N5-(4-(3-aminophenoxy)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-y1)-N2-(2-methoxyethyl)-N2-methylpyridine-2,5-diamine (5) I00362I A mixture of 4 (5.13 g) and Pt02 (117 mg) in TM? (50 mL) was hydrogenated with hydrogen balloon at 40 C overnight. At this point, TLC indicated the reaction to be complete.
The reaction mixture was filtered through. Celite and washed with ethyl acetate. The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude compound 5 (4,69 g), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(64(2-methoxyethyl)(methypamino)pyridin-3-ylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyeacrylamide (I-46a) [00363] To a solution of compound 5 (3.734 g) and DIEA (1.480 g) in THF (30 mL) at 0 C
was drop-wise added acryloyl chloride (1.133 g) over 5 min. The mixture was stirred for 1 at this temperature. Saturated NaHCO3 aqueous (10 mL) was added in to quench the reaction. The resulting mixture was stirred for 10 min, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. Organic layers were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography to afford compound I-46a (1.2 g, 28.4%, M+H+=460.5).
[00364] Ifl NMR (500 MHz, DMSO) 6 11.48 (s, 1H), 10.31 (s, 1H), 8.73 (s, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (t, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J =
8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (t, J =
8.1 Hz, ill), 7.03 (dd, J= 3.4, 2.3 Hz, HI), 6.99 (dd, .1= 8.1, 1.5 Hz, 111), 6.43 (ddõI = 16.9, 10.1 Hz, 2H), 6.27 (dd, J= 17.0, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.22 (dd, J= 3.4, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 5.82 - 5.75 (m, 1H), 3.62 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.46 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.24 (s, 3H), 2.95 (s, 3H).

Example 46 Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(4-(4-(2-methoxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenypacrylamide (I-47a) HNJ-= 14111 Pd2(dba)3, X-phos o 411 N-jr>
K2CO3, t-BuOH _________________ = 11111 N NaOH (2 5 M) Me0H/THF
CI NLo N N
OMe 'Be/0 '13u/0 HNLN
0 I.

NNN
I-47a Synthesis of (4-(3-acrylamidophenoxy)-2-(4-(4-(2-methoxyethyl)piperazin-yl)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)methyl pivalate (3) [00365] Compound 1 (2.445 g), compound 2 (4.325 g), K2CO3 (2.801 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.416 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'- tri sopropylbipheny1-2-yl) phosphine (0.404 g) and t-BuOH (60 mL) were sequentially added to a flask.
"[he reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 5 h, TLC (DCM/Me0H =
10/1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to afford compound 3 (4.6 g, 72.7%).
Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(4-(4-(2-methoxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-47a) [00366] To a round-bottom flask (250 mL) was charged with compound 3 (4.5 g), Me0H (30 mL) and THF (30 mL). When compound 3 was completely dissolved, the solution was cooled down to around 10 C with ice-bath. NaOH solution (2.5 M, 6 mI) was then added into the flask slowly, maintaining the temperature below 16 C throughout the addition. The mixture was stirred for 1.5 h at this temperature. Then water (200 m1) was added to the flask over 15 min, maintaining the temperature below 20 C. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (500 mL). the combined organic layers were separated, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography (Et0Ac as mobile phase) to give I-47a (2.96 g, 80.4%, M-PFE=514.6) as a white solid.
Example 47 Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(3-fluoro-4-(4-(2-methoxyethyl)piperazin-l-yl)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-48a) OMe OMe H H
N N
? ? F 0 C ) N N
F

H
F N -0.,..,...õ-Br N Pd/C, H2 CI
__________________________________________________ - N
CH3CN, reflux 110 Et3N, DMF
F THF F

, NO2 NH2 NH2 HNA'--4---HN ...IL,-. F 0 4Mea......õ,,,N,Th N) +
1 Pd2(dba)3, X-phos ..
K2CO3, t-BuOH L..N 0 Cr 'N'----N1 H µ---0 OMe tBu/0 til/0 HN

NaOH (2.5 M), Me0..õ.N_,-,1 0 4 Me0H/THF L.,,,.N
F N N----N
H H
I-48a Synthesis of 1-(2-11noro4-nitrophenyl)piperazine (1) [003671A mixture of 1, 2-difluoro-4-nitrobenzene (15.9 g), piperazine (10.39 g) and acetonitrile (100 mi.) was stirred at refluxing for 7 h. TIE showed the reaction to he complete.
After cooling, the mixture was basified with saturated K2CO3 aqueous solution (100 ml.:), and.
extracted with ethyl acetate. 'The combined organic layers was washed with water, dried over Na2SO4., and concentrated under reduced pressure. Solvents (40 mI, petroleum ether/ ethyl acetate = 1:1.) were added in the clued and stirred overnight. The resulting precipitates was collected and dried to afford the desired product it. (13.5 g) as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of 1.-(2-fluoro-4-nitrophetty1)-4-(2-toethoxyethyl)piperazine (2) [00368] To a solution of 1.-bromo-2-methoxyethane (8.7 g) and 1 (1.1..4 g) in DMF (1.00 mL) at room temperature was added Et3N (8.2 g). The mixture was stirred at 54 C.
overnight. The reaction mixture was poured onto ice-water (300 mi.). The precipitate was collected and re-dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 int). The organic layer was washed with brine and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the desired compound 2 (14.0 g, 98%), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of 3-nuoro444-(2-methoxyeth,y0piperazin-1-yl)aniline (3) [00369 IA mixture of 2 (7.0 g) and PdiC (0.586 g, 10% activated on carbon) in THF (100 rul,) was hydrogenated with hydrogen balloon at room temperature overnight. At this point, TLC indicated the reaction to he complete. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celitee.
The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 3 (6.3 g), which was used for next step without further pmification.
Synthesis of (4-(3-acrylamidophenoxy)-2-(3-fluoro-4-(4-(2-methoxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)methyl pivalate (5) [00370] Compound 3(1.051 g), compound 4(1.806 g), K2CO3 (0.936 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.166 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-yl) phosphine (0.195 g) and t-BuOH (60 mL) were sequentially added to a flask.
The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 6 h, TLC (DCM/Me0H =
10/1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography to afford compound 5 (2.316 g, 90.9%).
Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(3-fluoro-4-(4-(2-methoxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyeacrylamide (I-48a) [00371] To a round-bottom flask (250 mL) was charged with compound 5 (2.3 g), Me0H (10 mL) and THF (10 mL). When compound 5 was completely dissolved, the solution was cooled down to around 10 C with ice-bath. NaOH solution (2.5 M, 3.5 mL) was then added into the flask slowly, maintaining the temperature below 16 C throughout the addition.
The mixture was continuously stirred for another h at this temperature. Then water (40 mL) was added to the flask over 15 min, maintaining the temperature below 20 C. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (500 mL). The combined organic layers were separated, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography to give I-48a (0.814 g, 42.5%, M+H+=532.6).
[00372]1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 6 9.81 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.51 - 7.37 (m, 2H), 7.33 (t, = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 6.99 (d, J= 7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, ./ = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (t, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (s, 1H), 6.40 (d, J = 16.8 Hz, 1H), 6.29 - 6.17 (m, 2H), 5.70 (d, J =
10.2 Hz, 1H), 3.56 (dd, J= 15.9, 11.0 Hz, 2H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 3.00 (s, 4H), 2.66 (d, J= 4.7 Hz, 6H).
[00373]13C NMR (126 MHz, CDC13) 6 171.28 (s), 163.75 (s), 162.68 (s), 156.59 (s), 155.11 (d, J= 9.0 Hz), 154.65 (s), 153.45 (s), 138.98 (s), 135.62 (d, J= 11.0 Hz), 134.26 (d, J= 9.3 Hz), 130.98 (s), 129.75 (s), 128.04 (s), 120.68 (s), 119.07 (s), 117.96 (s), 116.88 (s), 114.53 (s), 114.08 (s), 107.60 (d, J= 26.0 Hz), 99.56 (s), 99.39 (s), 69.91 (s), 58.91 (s), 57.96 (s), 53.63 (s), 50.69 (s).
Example 48 Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(44(1-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolidin-3-y1)(methyl)amino)phenylamino)-7H-pyrrolo[2,341]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-49a) 0 o N I.
Pc12(dba)3, X-phos 0 ill NaOH (2.5 M) -sin I
+
N (s) A
CI N N K2CO3, t-BuOH 7...y,N 0 ,s, N -----in Me0H
\N-I N N N
fl3u/0 H
1 -"-0/
Me0 tBu .0 I 0*

AN

0 1 - Pt02 H2 - c-7la .7,N) _______________ N THF A , DIEA, THF/Me0H
N N 11 N''' NNHN
H H
Me0 4 Me0 5 HN-k, ..NI 0' 0 N \
N N N
H H
Me0 I-49a Synthesis of (S)-(2-(4-01-(2-methoxyethyl)pyTrolidin-3-y1)(methyl)amino)phenylamino)-4-(3-nitrophenoxy)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-cl]pyrimidin-7-yl)methyl pivalate (3) [00374] Compound 11(1.010 g), compound 2 (1.642 g), K2CO3 (1.262 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.371 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-thisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (0.367 g) and t-BuOH (15 mL) were sequentially added to a flask.
The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 22.5 h, TLC (DCM:
Methanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (30 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography (Ethyl acetate/ Me0H =
20:1 as mobile phase) to afford compound 3 (1.74 g, 70.24%) as a brown oil.

Synthesis of (S)-N1-(1-(2-methoxyethyppyrrolidin-3-y1)-N1-methyl-N4-(4-(3-nitrophenoxy)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)benzene-1,4-diamine (4) [00375] To a round-bottom flask (250 mL) was charged with compound 3 (1.74 g), TIIF (10 mL) and Me0H (20 mL). After compound 3 was completely dissolved, the solution was cooled to ¨10 C with ice-bath. NaOH solution (2.5 M, 3 mL) was then added into the flask slowly, maintaining the temperature below 16 C during the addition. The mixture was stirred for 5.5 h at this temperature. Water (50 mL) was added slowly to the flask over 15 mm, maintaining the temperature below 20 C during the addition. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were concentrated under reduced pressure to afford compound 4 (1.2 Synthesis of (S)-N1-(4-(3-aminophenoxy)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-y1)-N4-(1-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolidin-3-y1)-N4-methylbenzene-1,4-diamine (5) [00376]A mixture of 4 (1.2 g) and Pt03 (33 mg) in TIIF raL) was hydrogenated with hydrogen balloon at 50QC for 40 h. TLC and LC-MS indicated that the reaction was not complete. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was treated with iron/NH4C.1 aq/E10H system for 4 h. At this point, TLC and LC/MS indicated the reaction to be complete. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product 5 (1.1. g), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(44(1-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolidin-3-y1)(methyl)amino)phenylamino)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-49a) [00377] To a solution of compound 5 (1.1 g) and DIEA (1.001 g) in THF/Me0H
(4:1, 25 mL) at 0 C was drop-wise added acryloyi chloride (0.462 g) over 5 mm. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at this temperature. At this point, TLC and LC/MS indicated the reaction to be complete.
Saturated Na2CO3 aqueous solution (50 mL) was added to quench the reaction.
The resulting mixture was stirred for 10 mm, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to give compound I-49a (0.7 g, 57.1%, M+1-1 =528.6).
Example 49 Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(2-(2-methoxyethyl)isoindolin-5-ylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-50a) NH _________ H2SO4, HNO302N 40 401 NH ___________ 02N = _/-0Me Et3N, CH3CN
HCI

Pt02, H2 H 2N /¨OMe Et0H

H2N OMe = N¨F Pd2(dba)3, X-phos OMe 1(2003, t-BuOH
3 OMe CI N Me0¨' N N1 I-50a Synthesis of 5-nitroisoindoline (1) [00378] 'l'o concentrated sulphuric acid (3 mL) at -10 C was added isoindoline hydrochloride (1.569 g). The mixture was stirred at -10 C for 15 mm. Fuming nitric acid (3 mL) was added drop-wise. The resulting mixture was stirred for 35 min at room temperature and then heated up and stirred at 50 'V for 35 mm. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (5 mL) and poured onto ice-water. The resulting precipitate was collected, washed with small amount of ethyl acetate and dried to afford 5-nitroisoindoline hydrosulfate 1 (1.644 g, 62.7%).
Synthesis of 2-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-nitroisoindoline (2) [00379] To a solution of 1.-bromo-2-inethoxyethane (0.5 g) and 1 (0.5 g) in CH3CN (1.5 mL) was added Et3N (0.8 g). The mixture was then heated at 80 C and stirred for 7 h. The reaction mixture was poured onto ice-water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the desired compound 2 (650 mg, 96%), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of 2-(2-methoxyethyl)isoindolin-5-amine (3) [00380]A mixture of 2 (650 mg) and Pt02 (0.025 g) in TH.F (10 mi.) was hydrogenated with hydrogen balloon at room temperature overnight. TLC indicated the reaction to be complete.
The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and washed with ethyl acetate. The combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the desired product 3 (0.50 g), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(2-(2-methoxyethyeisoindolin-5-ylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-50a) [00381] Compound 3(0.5 g), compound 4(0.8 g), K9CO3 (0.787 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.116 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-yl) phosphine (0.126 g) and t-BuOH (20 mL) were sequentially added to a flask.
The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 19 h, TLC (DCM: Methanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to afford compound I-50a (0.512 g, 42.7%, M+H+=462.5).
Example 50 Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-(ethyl(1-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolidin-3-Aamino)phenylamino)-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-Ma) Fe /NH4CI
DMF.NaH(60%) ,t rt - THF / H20 HN, reflux OMe OMe ONOMe ).

40 0 410 Pd2(dba)3, X-phos 40 (Y

N)')-'0Me K2CO3, t-BuOH N N
CI

I-51a Synthesis of (S)-N-ethy1-1-(2-methoxyethyl)-N-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine (2) [00382] To a solution of! (1969, g, 7.428 mmol) in DI+41-' (10 uni) at 0 C
was sequentially added Nail (0,318 g, 80% dispersion in mineral oil, 13.25 mmol) and C211.51 (1.330 g, 8.52 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 60 C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with water, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography (ethyl acetate/ petroleum ether from 33.3%
to 100% as mobile phase) to give 2 (0.280 g, 0.9 mmol, 13%) as a yellow oil.
Synthesis of (S)-W-ethyl-N1-(1-(2-methoxyethyppyrrolidin-3-y1)benzene-1,4-diamine (3) [00383] 'T'o compound 2 (0.280 g, 0.9 mmol) in TIIT/H20 (20 mLi3 mi.) was added iron (0.280 g, 5 mmol) and MI4C1 (0.535 g, 10 mmol). The mixture was stirred at refluxing for 2 h. At this point, TLC indicated the reaction to be complete. The mixture was filtered. The filtrate was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with saturated NatIC03. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford desired.
compound 3 (0.191 g, 81%), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-(ethyl(1-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)phenylamino)-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-51a) [00384] Compound 3 (0.191g, 0.73 mmol), compound 4 (0.315g, 1 mmol), K2CO3 (0.330 g, 2.5 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.096 g, 0.1 mmol), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (0.094 g, 0.2 mmol) and t-BuOH (20 mL) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow.
After 5 h, TLC (DCM: Methanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete.
The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C. and then filtered through Celite .
The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 niL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to afford compound I-51a (0.150 g, 32%, M+H+=433.6).
[00385]1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 6 8.33 (s, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.47 (d, J=
7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.01 - 6.91 (m, 2H). 6.69 (d, J=
8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.41 (d, J= 16.7 Hz, 1H), 6.28 (dd, J= 16.8, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 5.71 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, 1H), 4.21 - 4.00 (m, 114), 3.93 (d, J= 16.2 Hz, 314), 3.51 (t, J= 5.6 Hz, 214), 3.37 (s, 311), 3.20 -3.11 (m, 2H), 2.85 (d, J= 10.0 Hz, 1H), 2.79 - 2.67 (m, 2H), 2.67 - 2.52 (m, 2H), 2.43 (dd, J=
9.0, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 2.17 - 2.01 (m, 1H), 1.80- 1.63 (m, 1H), 0.99 (t, J= 7.0 Hz, 3H).
[00386]13C NMR (126 MHz, CDC13) 6 163.73 (s), 160.38 (s), 154.20 (s), 152.97 (s), 144.59 (s), 142.94 (s), 139.24 (s), 135.36 (s), 131.91 (s), 131.07 (s), 129.61 (s), 127.97 (s), 120.12 (s), 118.43 (s), 117.96 (s), 116.76 (s), 114.05 (s), 71.14 (s), 58.87 (s), 58.60 (s), 58.53 (s), 58.06 (s), 55.76 (s), 53.89 (s), 44.13 (s), 29.32 (s), 13.36 (s).
Example 51 Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(1-(2-methoxyethyl)-2-oxoindolin-5-ylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-52a) 02N is H2N

Pt02, H2 0 2M HCI, DM30 THF
OMe OMe HN,k/=-Me0 IIe.
0 II Pd2(dba)3, X-phos 0 H
K2CO3, t-BuOH
0 N'Isr N
OMe N N
2 =
3 I-52a Synthesis of 1-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-nitroindolin-2-one (1) [00387] A solution of 2-(2-fluoro-5-nitrophenyl) acetic acid (1..001 g) and 2-methoxyethanamine (1.892 g) in DIVISO (5 mL) was stirred at 45 C overnight.
Excess 2-metboxyethanamine was removed under reduced pressure before FIC1 (2M, 3 nth) was added to the mixture. The mixture was stirred at 45 C for I h. The reaction was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (DCM/petru = 5/1 with drops of AcOH as mobile phase) to give 1 (0.720 g, yield 60.7%) as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of 5-amino-1-(2-methoxyethyl)indolin-2-one (2) [00388] A mixture of 1 (0.401 g) and Pt02 (0.019 g) in Ti-u.4 (15 m1_,) was hydrogenated with hydrogen balloon at room temperature overnight. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite, The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was re-dissolved with ethyl acetate. The solution was washed with water. The acru.eous layer was separated and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mLx3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated wider reduced pressure to afford the desired product 2 (0.345 g), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(1-(2-methoxyethyl)-2-oxoindolin-5-ylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-52a) [00389] Compound 2 (0.360 g), compound 3 (0.650 g), K2CO3 (0.610 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.05 g), dicyclohexyl triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (0.11 g) and t-BuOII (13 mL) were sequentially added to the flask.
The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 6 h, TLC (DCM: Methanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to afford compound I-52a (0.47 g, 56.6%, M+H+=476.5).
Example 52 Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-(cyclopropy1(1-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)phenylamino)-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyliacrylamide (1-53a) 1)¨Br Pd2(dba)3 X-Phos Fe, NH4CI 40 K2CO3, t-BuOH, reflux N Et0H, ref lux OMe 0 I.
, 0 IS Pd2(dba)3, X-phos<P.NN

N
V \--1_P¨\-0Me K2CO3, t-BuOH
N

I-53a Synthesis of (S)-N-cyclopropy14 -(2-methoxyethy1B-N-(4-nitrophenylipyrrolidirt-3-amine (2) [00390] A mixture of compound 1 (1.090 g), cyclopropyl bromide (1.825 g), Pd2(dba)3 (0.200 g), X-Phos (0.201 g) and potassium carbonate (2.032 g) in t-butanol (15 mL) was stirred under argon at refluxing overnight. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite , and washed with ethyl acetate. The combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography to afford the desired compound 2 (260 mg, 21.85%).

Synthesis of (S)-Ni-eyelopropyl-N1-(1-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)benzene-1,4-diainitie (3) [00391] To compound 2 (260 mg) in Et0I1/1120 (5:2, 14 inL) was added iron (201 mg) and NEI4C1 (800 mg). The mixture was stirred at refluxing for 2 h. The reaction was filtered. The filtrate was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with saturated Nal-ICO3 aqueous solution. The organic layer was separated, dried over Nn2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford desired compound 3 (200 mg, 85.47%), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-(cyclopropy1(1-(2-methoxy ethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)phenylamino)-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-53a) [00392] Compound 3 (0.188 g), compound 4 (0.235 g), K2CO3 (0.250 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.076 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-yl) phosphine (0.085 g) and t-BuOH (10 mL) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 5 h, TLC (DCM: Methanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. '[he reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . 'The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to afford compound I-53a (70 mg, 18.8%, M+Ir=545.6).
Example 53 Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(4-(4-(2-(methylsulfonyeethyl)piperazin-1-yl)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-54a) 02N * r\NH

Me.3 PBr3 meo OH OBr 2 02N N 0 Et3N, CH 3CN 714/1 Fe, NH4CI __ H N

T ¨Me HF

OP HN

HN
J Me pd2ob.)3, X-phos N
N
K2CO3, t-BuOH
N
=

Me 4 I-54a Synthesis of 1-bromo-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethane (1) [00393]A solution of 2-(methylsulfonyBethanol (2.5 g) and pyridine (0.1 mL) in DCM (30 mL) at 0 C was added PBr3 (6.3 g). The mixture was warmed up and stirred at room temperature for 4 h. At this point, TLC indicated the reaction to be complete. The mixture was cooled to 0 C
and water was added to quench the reaction. The organic layer was separated, washed with saturatedNaLICO3aqueous solution, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product 1 (0.841. g, 22%), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of 1-(2-(methylsulfonyi)ethyl)-4-(4-nitrophenyl)piperazine (3) [00394] To a solution of 1-bromo-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethane 1 0.841 g) and 2 (1.212 g) in CII3CN (20 mL) at room temperature was added Et3N mL). The mixture was then heated up and stirred at 70 C overnight. Organic solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was washed with ethyl acetate, THE and water. The resulting solid was collected and dried to afford the crude compound 3 (1.2 g, 85%), which was used for next step without further purification, Synthesis of 4-(4-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)piperazin-1-yl)aniline (4) [00395]A solution of 3 (1.2 g) in THF/H20 (30 m1/5 ml) was treated with iron (2.1 g) and ammonium chloride (1.0 g). The mixture was stirred at refluxing for 2 h. The mixture was filtered through Celite and washed with ethyl acetate (100 The filtrate was washed with saturated aqueous NalIC03 solution and water and then dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product 4 (0.380 g, 35%), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(4-(4-(2-(methylsulfonyeethyl)piperazin-yl)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-54a) [00396] Compound 4 (0.38 g), compound 5 (0.463 g), K2CO3 (0.440 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.913 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-yl) phosphine (0.860 g) and t-BuOH (10 mL) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 5 h, TLC (DCM: Methanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to afford compound I-54a (0.564 g, 74.1%, M+H+=553.6).
Example 54 Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(2-methoxy-4-41-(2-methoxyethyppyrrolidin-3-y1)(methyl)amino)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-55a) ,H2 0 OMe Br,-^0Me OMe 0 OMe Is) Et3N TFA
... ..- EI3N _ --"N DMSO, 100 C DCM Boc CH3CN, 60C
F HN,t HN,,t NBoc NH

0 OMe 0 OMe 40 OMe CH31, Nal H2, Pt02 _________________ I. >
DMF THE
HN,,T.2.-\rõ N, (s) isj-----\----OMe ..CN
---\--0Me 0N
OMe NH2 HN'Il- 0 it OMe Pd2(dba)3, X-phos 1 1 0 N
_________________ ... 0 H
K2CO3, t-BuOH /....õN 0 NATO,, Si +
N (3) ...- .., N''')''OMe \N-1 N N
\¨_7¨\--0Me )1, H
CI N

6 \ I-55a Synthesis of (S)-tert-botyl 3-(3-methoxy-4-nitrophenylannino)pyrrolidine-1.-earboxylate (1.) [00397] Into a 3-Neck round-bottom flask (250 mL) equipped with a re-fluxing condenser was charged 4-fluoro-2-methoxy-1.-nitrobenzene (4.594 g) and (3S)-(-)-1-(t-Butoxycarborty1)-3-aminopyrrolidine (5.0 g), TEA (3.030 g) in DisilSO (50 rnIri. The reaction was heated up and stirred at 80 "C overnight. After TLC indicated the reaction to be complete, the reaction mixture was quenched with water and stirred for 0.5 h at room temperature. The resulting precipitation was filtered and dried to afford the crude compound 1. (10.0 g) which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of (S)-N -(3-inethoxy-4-oltrophenyl)pyrrolidio-3-amine (2) [00398] To the crude compound 11 (10.0 g) i.n. DCM (25 nilie) was added TFA
(10 init.). The reaction mixture was stirred at mom temperature overnight. After TLC indicated that the reaction to be complete, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure (to remove most of U;A.). The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate and basified by addition of saturated Nall.0O3 (ag) at 0 C. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude compound 2 (12 a), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of (M-N-(3-methoxy-4-nitropheny1)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine (3) [00399] To a solution of 2-bromoethyl methyl ether (4.500 g) and 2 (3.512 g) in CI-I3CN (100 mL) at room temperature was added Et3N (6.0 g). The mixture was heated up and stirred at refluxina for 2.5 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was re-dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL) and the resulting solution was washed with water, The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was washed with solvents (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate = 2:1) to afford the desired compound 3 (8.59 g, 57.5%).
(S)-N-(3-methoxy-4-reitropheny1)-1-(2-roethoxyethyl)-N-rnethylpyrroiidire-3-amine (4) [00400] To a solution of compound 3 (8.590 g) in IMF (5 mL) at 0 C was sequentially added Nan (1.1 g, 80% dispersion in mineral oil) and (21131 (5.55 g). The resulting mixture was then stirred for 0.5 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate.
The combined organic layers were washed with water, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material 4 (3.80 g, 42.2%) was used directly in next step without further purification.
Synthesis of (S)-3-methoxy-N1-(1-(2-metlioxyethylipyrrolidin-3-y1)-N1-rnethylbenzene-14-diamine (5) [00401] A mixture of 4 (3.8 g) and Pt02(0.130 g) in TM' (30 mL) was hydrogenated with hydrogen balloon at room temperature overnight. Once the reaction was complete by TLC, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, The residue was purified by column chromatography (ethyl acetate/Et0H = 8/2, with 0.5% TEA as mobile phase) to afford the desired compound 5 (2.323 g, 67.7%).

Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(2-methoxy-4-41-(2-methoxyethyppyrrolidin-3-y1)(methyl)amino)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-55a) [00402] Compound 5 (2.323 g), compound 6 (3.036 g), K2CO3 (2.289 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.380 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-yl) phosphine (0.380 g) and t-BuOH (40 mL) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at rcfluxing under N2 flow. After 5 h, TLC (DCM: Methanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . '[he celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to afford compound I-55a (2.845 g, 62.4%, M+H+=549.6).
Example 55 Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(1-acetylindolin-5-ylamino)-5-methoxypyrimidin-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-56a) CI)L, 02N H2N
Pt02, Et3N, DCM
0 C to r.t. THF

HNA
H2N 0 1:11 igr N 0 Pd2(dba)3, X-phos ._N .N,I70Me N--LOMe K2CO3, t-BuOH
N N
CI' -N
2 I-56a Synthesis of 1-(5-nitroindolin-1-yl)ethanone (1) [00403] A solution of 5-nitroincloline (1.010 g, 6.159 inmol), TEA (0.810 g, 8.020 =tot) in DCM (30 mI,) at 0 C was slowly added acetyl chloride (0.610 g, 7.82 mmol). The mixture was warmed up and stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h. The reaction was quenched with water (30 mL) and extracted with DCM (25 mL x4). The organic layers were combined, dried and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude 1 (1.015 g, 4.927 mmol, 85%), which was used foe next step without further purification.
Synthesis of 1-(5-aminoindolin-1-yl)ethanone (2) [004041 A mixture of 1 (1.015 g, 4.927 mmol) and Pt02 (0.028 g, 0.14 mmol) in 'CHF (30 mL) was hydrogenated with hydrogen balloon at room temperature overnight. Once the reaction was complete indicated by TLC, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite . The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the desired product 2 (0.798 g, 92%), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(1-acetylindolin-5-ylamino)-5-methoxypyrimidin-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-56a) [00405] Compound 2 (0.798 g, 4.531 mmol), compound 3 (1.956 g, 6.774 mmol), (1.553 g, 11 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.313 g, 0.34 mmol), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'- triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (0.360 g, 0.68 mmol) and t-BuOH (40 mL) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow.
After 5 h, TLC (DCM: Methanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete.
The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite .
The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to afford compound I-56a (1.71 g, 84.8%, M+H+=446.6).
Example 56 Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(4-(methyl(1-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-57a) MeS02C2H4Br (2) NaH, CH31 1110 Et3N, CH3CN DMF
HN,,(s) .CNH 0 CN---\4_,. me me Fe/NH4C1 Et0H/H20 CMe ,NI 0 0 4111 Pd2(dba)3, X-phos N_LCa N (s) OMe K2CO3, t-BuOH N N
CN--\_kme 5 0%-S" I-57a 6 Md Synthesis of (S)-1-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-N-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine (3) [00406] To a solution of 1-bromo-2-(methylsulfonyl)ethane (2, 3.824 g) and 1 (3.51.2 g) in CH3CN (40 inL) at room temperature was added Et3N (3.490 g). The mixture was heated up and stirred at refluxing for 5 h. The reaction mixture was then poured onto ice-water (150 m1). The resulting precipitate was collected, washed and dried to afford the desired compound 3 (3.484, 65.83%) as a yellow solid, which was used for next step without further purification.
(S)-N-methyi-1-(2-(methystilfony)ethyl)-N-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine (4) [00407] To a solution of 3 (1,5 g) in DWI (1.0 nil,) at 0 C was sequentially added NaH (0.399 g, 80% dispersion in mineral oil) and CI-1,4 (0.924 g). The resulting mixture was then stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with water, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude material 4 (1.664 g) was used directly in the next step without further purification.

Synthesis of (S)-Ni-methyl-N141-(2-(meth3rIsulfonyi)ethyllpyrrolidin-3-yllbenzene-1,4-diamine (5) M04081 A solution of 4 (1.664 g) in Et0H/H20 (30 mL/1 mL) was treated with iron (1.143 g) and ammonium chloride (4.512 g). The mixture was stirred at refluxing for 2 h.
The reaction was cooled to room temperature, and filtered through Celite . The filtrate was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueousK2CO3 solution, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product 5 (0.758 g, 50%), which was used for next step without further purification.
(S)-N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(4-(methyl(1-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (1-57a) [00409] Compound 5 (0.654 g), compound 6 (0721 g), K2CO3 (0.702 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.182 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-thisopropylbipheny1-2-yl) phosphine (0.191 g) and t-BuOH (30 ml) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N,, flow. After 4.5 h, TLC (DCM:
Methanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to afford compound I-57a (662 mg, 53.13%, M+I1+=567.6).
Example 57 Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-01-acetylpyrrolidin-3-y1)(methyl)amino)phenylamino)-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-58a) TEA CI
DMF,NaH DCM, r.t. DCM.TEA
HN,/s) rt -30 C ,t\l/s) N,/s) 0 C. rt 'CN Boc ONBoc .0 NH

40 Fe / NH4CI so N 0 reflux NõItN 0 ) N1)U 0 0 410 Pd2(dba)3, X-phosN
N.(s) K2CO3, t-BuOH N N
jt 0\
-N
I-58a Synthesis of (S)-tert-butyl 3-(methyl(4-nitrophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (2) [00410] Ti a solution. of (S)-tert-butyl 3-(4-nitrophenylamino)pyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (1, 0.995 g, 3.257 mmol) in Divif (5 mL) at 0 C was sequentially added NaH (0.165 g, 80%
dispersion in mineral oil) and CH3I (0.705 g, 4.88 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred for 0.5 0. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with water, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude material 2 (0.894 g, 2.931 mmol, 90%) was collected, washed, dried, and used directly in next step without further purification.
Synthesis of (S)-N-methyl-N-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine (3) [00411] To crude compound 2 (0.894 g, 2.931 mmol) in ECM (10 mL) was added TPA
(2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature until TLC (petroleum ether/ ethyl acetate=1/3 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove most of TFA, The residue was basified with NaHCO3 (aq, 30 mL) and extract with ethyl acetate (30 mL x4). The organic layers were combined, dried and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude 3 (0.504g, 2.28 mmol, 78%), which was used in next step without further purification.
Synthesis of (S)-1-(3-(methyl(4-nitrophenyl)amino)pyrrolidinit-y1)ethanone (4) [00412] A solution of 3 (0.504 g, 2.28 mmol), TEA (0.303 g, 3 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) at 0 C was slowly added acetyl chloride (0.610 g, 7.82 mmol). The mixture was warmed up and stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h. The reaction was quenched with water (30 mL) and extracted with DCM (25 mL x4). The organic layers were combined, dried and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude 4 (0.492 g, 1.87 mmol, 82%), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of (S)-1-(3-((4-aminophenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethanone (5) [00413] A solution of 4 (0.320 g, 1.217 mmol) in THF/H20 (20 mL/3 mL) was treated with iron (0.280 g, 5 mmol) and ammonium chloride (0.535 g, 10 mmol). The mixture was stirred at refluxing for 2 h. The reaction was filtered through Celite . The filtrate was basified with NaHCO3 (aq, 30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL x4). The organic layers were combined, dried and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product 5 (0.230 g, 1 mmol, 829), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(44(1-acetylpyrrolidin-3-y1)(methyl)amino)phenylamino)-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenypacrylamide (I-58a) [00414] Compound 5 (0.230 g, 1 mmol), compound 6 (0.368 g, 1.217 mmol), K2CO3 (0.376 g, 2.5 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.058 g, 0.06 mmol), dicyclohexyl (21,41,6'- triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (0.060 g, 0.12 mmol) and t-BuOII (20 mL) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow.
After 4.5 h, TLC (DCM: Methanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to afford compound I-58a (0.15 g, 30%, M+H+=503.6).

[00415] 'H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO) .3 10.35 (s, 1H), 8.99 (d, J = 4.3 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.67- 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.49 - 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.28 (dd, J= 9.0, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 6.95 (dd, J= 8.0, 1.6 Hz, HI). 6.65 (dd, J= 9.1, 3.4 Hz, 211), 6.44 (dd, J= 16.9, 10.1 Hz, 1II), 6.27 (dd, J= 17.0, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 5.77 (dd, J= 10.1, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 4.24- 3.99 (m, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.63 -3.46 (m, 2H), 3.33 - 3.07 (m, 2H), 2.63 (d, J= 15.0 Hz, 3H), 1.93 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, 3H), 2.06-1.80 (m, 2H).
[00416]13C NMR (126 MHz, DMSO) 5168.77 (d, J= 6.8 Hz), 163.80 (s), 159.89 (s), 154.25 (d, J= 1.6 Hz), 153.24 (s), 145.45 (d, J= 7.3 Hz), 144.39 (s), 140.70 (s), 135.05 (d, J= 2.5 Hz), 133.41 (s), 133.13 (s), 132.07 (s), 130.33 (s), 127.75 (s), 119.79 (d, J= 4.9 Hz). 117.23 (s), 116.62 (d, J= 5.8 Hz), 113.41 (s), 59.72 (s), 58.58 (s), 58.07 (s), 48.76 (s), 47.70 (s), 45.94 (s), 44.16 (s), 35.59 (s), 34.90 (s), 29.04 (s), 27.37 (s), 22.73 (s), 22.19 (s).
Example 58 Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(1-(methylsulfonyl)indolin-5-ylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)aerylamide (I-59a) a 0 Fe/NH4C1 DCM,TEA N%õ0 THF/H20 N õo 0 C- rt HNLP

-jcLN!
N o N
,0 + 0 , el _____________________ o Pd2(dba)3, X-phos 0 0/ \ N)fOMe K2CO3, t-BuOH 0 110 N

CI N
3 I-59a Synthesis of 1-(methylsulfony1)-5-nitroindoline (1) [00417]A solution of 5-nitroindoline (1.033 g, 6.30 mmol), TEA (0.827g, 8.19 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) at 0 C was slowly added methylsufonyl chloride (0.868 g, 7.56 mmol). The mixture was warmed up and stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h. The reaction was quenched with water (30 mL) and extracted with DCM (25 mL x4). The organic layers were combined, dried and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude 1 (1.427 g, 5.9 mmol, yield 95%), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of 1-(methylsulfonyl)indolin-5-amine (2) [00418] A solution of 1 (1.427 g, 5.9 mmol) in THF/1-120 (20 mL/3 mL) was treated with iron (1.372 g, 24.5 mmol) and ammonium chloride (2.621 g, 49 mmol). The mixture was stirred at refluxing for 2 h. The reaction was filtered through Celite . The filtrate was basified with NaHCO3 (aq, 30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL x4). The organic layers were combined, dried and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide crude product 2 (0.742 g, 3.5 mmol, 59.3%), which was used for next step without further purification, Synthesis of N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(1-(methylsulfonyl)indolin-5-ylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-59a) [00419] Compound 2 (0.420 g, 2 mmol), compound 3 (0.660 g, 2.3 mmol), K2CO3 (0.494 g, 3 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.093 g, 0.1 mmol), di cyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (0.115 g, 0.22 mmol) and t-BuOH (20 mL) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow.
After 5 h, TLC (DCM: Methanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete.
The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite .
The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to afford compound I-59a (0.24 g, 25%, M+H+=482.5).
Example 59 Synthesis of (S)-N- (3-(5-methoxy-2- (4- (methyl (1-(methylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (1-60a) II¨
a 0 Fe I NH4CI
N
DCM,TEA THF / H20 (s) ,,Nõ(s) o ,c- rt reflux CNH NS\

0 lei0 N-jt n H
0 Pd2(dba)3, X-phos ,N
ON¨k,-0 IN OMe K2CO3, t-BuOH 40 N e 4 I-60a Synthesis of (S)-N-methy1-1-(methylsulfony1)-N-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine (2) [00420] A solution of 1 (0.504 g, 3 mmol), TEA (0.404 g, 4 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) at 0 C
was slowly added methylsufonyl chloride (0.402 g, 3.5 mmol). The mixture was warmed up and stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h. The reaction was quenched with water (30 mL) and extracted with DCM (25 nil_ x4). The organic layers were combined, dried and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude 2 (0.762 g, 2.55 mmol, yield 85%), which was used for next step without further purification.
(S)-N1-methyl-NI-(1-(methylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)benzene-1,4-diamine (3) [00421] A solution of 2 (0.762 g, 2.55 mmol) in THF/H20 (20 m1/3 mL) was treated with iron (0.560 g, 10 mmol) and ammonium chloride (1.070 g, 20 mmol). The mixture was stirred at refluxing for 2 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite . The filtrate was basified with NaHCO3 (aq, 30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL x4). The organic layers were combined, dried and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide crude product 3 (0.511 g, 1.9 mmol, 75%), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(5-methoxy-2-(4-(methyl(1-(methylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-60a) [00422] Compound 3 (0.340 g, 1.5 mmol), compound 4 (0.550 g, 1.8 mmol), K2CO3 (0.414 g, 3 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.137 g, 0.15 mmol), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (0.143 g, 0.3 mmol) and t-BuOII (20 mL) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow.
After 5 h, TLC (DCM: Methanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete.
The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C. and then filtered through Celite .
The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to afford compound I-60a (0.33 g, 41%, M+H+=539.6).
[00423]1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 6 8.48 (s, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.48 (d, J =
7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (s, J= 14.5 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J=
8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.92 (d, J= 7.1 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.38 (dd, J= 16.8, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.29 (dd, J= 16.9, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 5.68 (dd, J= 10.1, 1.3 Hz, 114), 4.07 - 3.97 (m, 111), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.51 - 3.41 (m, 2H), 3.37 -3.26 (m, 1H), 3.17 (dd, J= 10.2, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 2.14 - 2.05 (m, 1H), 2.03 - 1.94 (m, 1H).
[00424]13C NMR (126 MHz, CDC13) 6 163.90 (s), 160.47 (s), 153.91 (s), 152.97 (s), 145.41 (s), 142.83 (s), 139.37 (s), 135.46 (s), 133.38 (s), 131.13 (s), 129.61 (s), 127.92 (s), 119.96 (s, x2), 118.61 (s, x2), 117.87 (s), 116.88 (s), 114.16 (s), 60.56 (s), 58.04 (s), 49.98 (s), 46.60 (s), 37.28 (s), 34.79 (s), 29.24 (s).
Example 60 Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-(1-acetylpyrrolidin-3-ylamino)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (1-61a) Cl'AMe 01 Pd/C, H2 1161 __________________________________ N..
HNõ,cs) TEA, THE C HN4 ¨I (s) 0 THF HN s 0 NH
'CNc 4b) N--c HN
HN -11."=-4.*

OP

Pd2(dba)3, X-phos +

HN,.õ,$) 0 K2CO3, t-BuOH ,,k , N¨Ic --N".----N N N
N N
H

iBu/0 40 tBu/0 HN...k....-----o S
NaOH (2.5 M) H
________ . AN
Me0H/THF c (s) 110 N
H H
I-61a Synthesis of (S)-1-(3-(4-nitrophenylamino)pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethanone (2) [00425]A solution of compound 1 (2.139 g), TEA (1.568 g) in THF (40 mL) at -10 C was slowly added acetyl chloride (0.806 g, dissolved in 4 mL THF). The mixture was stirred at this temperature for 4 h. The reaction was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, dried and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude 2 (1.88 g, 73.2%), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of (S)-1-(3-(4-aminophenylamino)pyrrolidin-1-y1)ethanone (3) [00426]A mixture of 2 (1.88 g) and Pd/C (0.198 g, 10% activated on carbon) in 'HIP (30 ml_,) was hydrogenated with hydrogen balloon at room temperature overnight.
Once the reaction was complete indicated by TLC, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite . The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 3 (1.65 g), which was used for next step) without further purification.
Synthesis of (S)-(2-(4-(1-acetylpyrrolidin-3-ylamino)phenylamino)-4-(3-acrylamidophenoxy)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)methyl pivalate (5) [00427] Compound 3(1.6 g), compound 4(3.1 g), K7CO3 (2.0 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.3 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (0.3 g) and t-BuOH (50 mL) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 5 h, TLC (DCM: Methanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to afford compound 5 (2.4 g, 54.2%).
Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-(1-acetylpyrrolidin-3-ylamino)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-61a) [00428] To a round-bottom flask (250 mL) was charged with compound 5 (2.4 g), Me0H (15 mL) and THF (15 inL). After compound 5 was completely dissolved, the solution was cooled down to -5 C. NaOH aqueous solution (2.5 M, 3.1 mL) was then added into the flask slowly.
The mixture was stirred for 2 h at this temperature. Water (80 mL) was then added in to quench the reaction. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. 'f he organic layers were combined, dried and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to give I-61a (1.4 g, 71.8%, M+H+,498.6).
Example 61 (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-(1-(methylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-62a) 0 o g,..Me C1---0 1110 Fe/NH4Claqi 0 HN,õs) TEA, THE HNõ?) 0 THF 0 C HNC
õs) 0 HN.K.,..c.i HN A"' H 0 Si Pd2(dba)3, X-phos (...a4(sN) 0 N.........c_..) +

N
\----o rod fl3u /0 tIBu/0 HN...11,...,7--' OS
NaOH (2.5 M) H
Me0H/THF (s) 110 Mei '0 I-62a Synthesis of (S)-1-(methylsulfony1)-N-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine (2) [00429]A solution of compound 1 (4.158 g), TEA (3.026 g) in THF (50 mL) at -10 'V was slowly added methylsufonyl chloride (2.3 g, dissolved in 5 mL THF). The mixture was stirred at this temperature for 3 h. The reaction was quenched with water (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (150 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude 2 (4.3 g, 75.2%), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of (S)-N1-(1-(methylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-3-yebenzene-1,4-diamine (3) [00430]A solution of 2 (4.3 g) in THF/H20 (90 mL/30 mL) was treated with iron (3.3 g) followed by ammonium chloride (4.8 g). The mixture was stirred at refluxing for 4.5 h. After cooling down to room temperature, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite . The filtrate was basified with NaHCO3 (aq, 30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL x4). The organic layer were combined, dried and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide crude compound 3 (3.1g, 80.7%), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of (S)-(4-(3-acrylamidophenoxy)-2-(4-(1-(methylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)methyl pivalate (5) [00431] Compound 3 (3.1 g), compound 4 (5.2 g), K3CO3 (2.5 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.6 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (0.6 g) and t-BuOH (80 mL) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 4 h, TLC (DCM: Methanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to afford compound 5 (4.1 g, 52.2%).
Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-(1-(methylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyeacrylamide (I-62a) [00432] To a round-bottom flask (250 mL) was charged with compound 5 (2.1 g), Me0H (12 mL) and TI IF (12 mL). After compound 5 was completely dissolved, the solution was cooled down to -5 C. Na0II solution (2.5 M, 3 mL) was then added into the flask slowly. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at this temperature. Water (40 mL) was then added in to quench the reaction.
The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, dried and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography to give I-62a (1.0 g, 57.8%, M+H =498.6).
Example 62 (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-(methyl(1-(methylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)phenylamino)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-63a) HN

Os N)'n Pd2(dba)3, X-phos N
K2CO3, t-BuOH 1410 CN CI N N, LO
HN

131a/0 tBu/0 NaOH (2.5 M) I OS
Me0H/THF
I-63a Synthesis of (S)-(4-(3-acrylamidophenoxy)-2-(4-(methyl(1-(methylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-3-y1)amino)phenylamino)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-cflpyrimidin-7-y1)methyl tert-butyl carbonate (3) [00433] Compound 1 (0.5 g), compound 2 (0.876 g), K2CO3 (0.512 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.102 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-thisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (0.104 g) and t-BuOH (30 mL) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 3.5 h, TLC (DCM:
Methanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to afford compound 3 (0.8 g, 59.3%).
Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-(methyl(1-(methylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)phenylamino)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-63a) [00434] To a round-bottom flask (250 mL) was charged with compound 3 (0.8 g), Me0H (20 mL) and THF (2 mL). After compound 3 was completely dissolved, the solution was cooled down to -5 C. NaOH solution (2.5 M, 1.5 mL) was then added into the flask slowly. The mixture was stirred for 2 h at this temperature. Water (40 mL) was added in to quench the reaction. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, dried and concentrated under reduced. The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography to give I-63a (0.25 g, 37.8%, M+H+=548.6).
Example 63 Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-01-acetylpyrrolidin-3-y1)(methyl)amino)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyeacrylamide (I-64a) HN

Pd2(dba)3, X-phos 0 el NH'jl õsN
N (s) 0 )1, ' =CI K2CO3, t-BuOH =
N

tI3L1/0 tBu HN
OS
NaOH (2.5 M) Me0H/THF <Jis ) 411 N N N
o I-64a Synthesis of (S)-(2-(4-((1-acetylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)aminolphenylamino)-4-(3-acrylamidophenoxy)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yllmethyl tert-butyl carbonate (3) [00435] Compound 1 (0.9 g), compound 2 (1.65 g), K2CO3 (1.07 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.35 g), di cyclohexyl triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (0.35 g) and t-BuOII (20 mL) were sequentially added to the flask.
The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 4 h, TLC (DCM: Methanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to afford compound 3 (1.24 g, 51.7%).
Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-01-acetylpyrrolidin-3-y1)(methyl)amino)phenylamino)-711-pyrrolo[2,3-cl]pyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-64a) [00436] To a round-bottom flask (250 mL) was charged with compound 3 (1.24 g), Me0H
(10 mL) and THF (5 mL). When compound 3 was completely dissolved, the solution was cooled down to -5 C. NaOH solution (2.5 M, 1.6 mL) was then added into the flask slowly. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at this temperature. Water (40 inL) was added in to quench the reaction. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, dried and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography to give I-64a (0.265 g, 26.2%, M+H+=512.6).
Example 64 Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(4-(4-(2-methoxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl)phenylamino)-911-purin-6-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-65a) N\ /--\

Me0 I. NH2 a 110 HNA,ci HO
N 2 Pd2(dba)3, X-phos CI N'1 K2CO3, DMF, 90 C K2CO3, t-BuOH
THP
1 CI N N, THP

0 1M HCI MeONTh 0 N 11.

Et0H, r t \1 N N
THP N
I-65a Synthesis of N-(3-(2-chloro-9-(tetrahydro-211-pyran-2-y1)-911-purin-6-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (3) [00437] To a mixture of purine 1 (2.7 g) and phenol 2 (1.6 g) in DMF (40 mL) was added K2CO3 (2.2 g). The reaction mixture was stirred at 90 C for 4 h. Once TLC
indicated the reaction to be complete, the mixture was poured onto water (150 mL). The resulting precipitate was collected, washed with water (100 ml), and dried under vacuum to afford desired compound 3 (3.2 g, 80%) as a white solid.
Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(4-(4-(2-methoxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl)phenylamino)-9-(tetrahydro-211-pyran-2-y1)-911-purin-6-yloxy)phenypacrylamide (5) [00438] Compound 3 (1.6 g), compound 4 (0.8 g), K2CO3 (0.97 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.115 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-yl) phosphine (0.126 g) and t-BuOH (20 mL) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N, flow. After 23 h, TLC (DCM: Methanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography (Et0Ac/ Me0H = 15:1 as mobile phase) to afford compound 5 (1.1 g, 54.2%, M-FIE= 599) as a slight yellow solid.
[00439] Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(4-(4-(2-methoxyethyl)piperazin-1-y1)phenylamino)-purin-6-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-65a)To a solution of compound 5 (0.6 g) in Et0H (10 mL) was HCl aq. (2 mL, N). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. another portion of HC1 aq. (0.5 mL, ¨ 12 M) was then added in and the reaction was stirred for another 3.5 h before being quenched and basified with K2CO3 (1.3 g in 10 mL water).
The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. To this crude material (600 mg) was added ethyl acetate (30 mL) and stirred for 1.5 h. The solution was concentrated till the volume was down to 10 mL. The resulting precipitate was collected, washed and dried to afford the desired compound I-65a (250 mg, 48.5%, M+H+=515.6) Example 65 Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-((1-acetylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)phenylamino)-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-66a) 0 CI)L". - 0 DCM, r t DCM,TEA
HN,$) HN.,!se....\) 0 'C- rt HN (S) 0 CNBoc HN *L,j Os N,-.- cy0Me ,ft , CI 'N

Fe! NFI4C1 SI Pd2(dba)3 X-phos H
0J\ y:) e THF / H20 K2CO3, t BuOH N
reflux HN 0 .,1 NIc N 4111111" N N
H

I-66a [00440]1-66 can be synthesized using above synthetic scheme. We isolated I-66a as a byproduct (un-methylated) from the synthesis of I-58a.
Example 66 Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-(1-(2-methoxyethyppyrrolidin-3-ylamino)phenylamino)-911-purin-6-yloxylphenyllacrylamide (I-67a) HNJ=L.,, Pd2(dba)3, X-phos 0 4111 4N HCI a q N N
K2CO3, t-BuOH ,$) 1-12...$) Et0H
N N N N
THP
OMe THP

2 Me0 HN

o (ys, N N N
Me0 I-67a Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(4-((S)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)phenylamino)-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-y1)-9H-purin-6-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (3) [00441] Compound 1 (0.99 g), compound 2 (1.53 g), K2C0 ( 1. 9 0 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.21 g), dicyclohexyl triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (0.23 g) and t-BuOH (25 mL) were sequentially added to the flask.
The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 20 h, TLC (DCM: Methanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography (Et0Ac/ Et0H = 10:1 as mobile phase) to afford compound 3 (1.0 g, 43.7%) as a slight yellow solid.
Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-(1-(2-methoxyethyppyrrolidin-3-ylamino)phenylamino)-911-purin-6-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-67a) [00442] To a solution of compound 3 (1.0 g) in Et0H (10 mL) was HC1 (lg. (3 inL, 4N). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched and basified with NaHCO3 aqueous solution. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by column chromatography (Et0Ac /Et0H = 10/1 as mobile phase) to give compound I-67a (0.41 g. 47.7%, M+H+,515.6).
Example 67 Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(4-(4-acetylpiperazin-l-yl)phenylamino)-911-purin-6-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-68a) H2, Pd/C 40 ___________________ . .. N
N C r,r, NN) Et3N, THF
L.N. ) N
H

SHNA----- HNj1....-N 1- Pd2(dba)3, X-phos A
C ) 0 4111 N--) 0 410 N N''L---- 'N K2CO3, t-BuOH '''' LN
0 N''C---', 1 , -0 CI 'N N N N Ni THP H THP

HN

AN---) 05 4 M HCI a.q. IN
1\1\
Et0H )L , s) N N N
H H
I-68a Synthesis of 1-(4-(4-nitrophenyl)piperazin-1-ypethanone (2) [00443] A solution of compound 1 (10 g), TEA (5.891 g) in THF (50 mL) at 0 C
was slowly added acetyl chloride (4.605 g). The mixture was stirred at this temperature for 1.5 h. Solvent was removed. The resulting residue was diluted with water (30 mL), basified with K2CO3 aqueous solution (saturated, 20 mL) and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, dried and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude compound 2 (10.2 g), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of 1-(4-(4-aminophenyl)piperazin-1-yl)ethanone (3) [00444] A solution of 2 (9.0 g) and Pd/C (0.7(1) g, 10% activated on carbon) in THF (30 mi.) and 1, 4-climatic (30 m11_,) was hydrogenated with hydrogen balloon at room temperature overnight. Once TLC indicated the reaction was to be complete, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite . The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford compound 3 (9,7 g), which was used for next step without further purification, N-(3-(2-(4-(4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)phenylamino)-9-(tetrahydro-211-pyran-2-y1)-911-purin-6-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (5) [00445] Compound 3(0.798 g), compound 4(1.605 g), K2CO3 (1.32 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.167 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-niisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl) phosphine (0.172 g) and t-BuOH (30 mL) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 5.5 h, TLC (DCM:
Methanol = 10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography (Et0Ac/ Et0H = 25:1 as mobile phase) to afford compound 5 (1.4 g, 66.0%) as a brown solid.
Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(4-(4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)phenylamino)-911-purin-6-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-68a) [00446] To a solution of compound 5 (1.4 g) in Et0H (10 mL), HC1 aq. (4.6 mL, 4N) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. Additional HC1 aq.
(1 mL, ¨ 12 M) was added and the reaction was stirred for another 18 h. TLC indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction was quenched and basified with K2CO3 aq.. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography (Et0Ac /Et0H = 15/1 as mobile phase) to give compound I-68a (0.254 g, 21.2%, M+H+=499.6).
Example 68 Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(4-(4-(2-(methylsulfonyeethyl)piperazin-1-yephenylamino)-911-purin-6-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-69a) 401 HN HVIC' Pd2(dba)3, X-phos Me 0 lei 0 I.
N K2CO3, t-BuCH
' NI,kxNN) CINN N N

Me THP

HN

4 M HCI a.q.
Et0H 001 11 N N N
I-69a Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(4-(4-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)piperazin-l-yl)phenylamino)-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-y1)-9H-purin-6-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (3) [00447] Compound 1 (1.033 g), compound 2 (1.616 g), K2CO3 (0.97 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.170 g), dicyclohexyl (2',4',6'-triisopropylbipheny1-2-yl) phosphine (0.185 g) and t-BuOH (30 mL) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 6 h, TLC (Et0Ac: Et0H =
5:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography (Et0Ac/ Et0II = 15:1 as mobile phase) to afford compound 5 (1.4 g, 59.3%, M+H+=647) as a slight yellow solid.
Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(4-(4-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)piperazin-l-yl)phenylamino)-911-purin-6-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-69a) [00448] To a solution of compound 3 (1.4 g) in Et0H (50 mL) was HC1 aq. (4.5 mL, 4N).
The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. Additional HC1 aq. (1 mL, ¨ 12M) was added and the reaction was stirred for another 60 h. TLC indicated the reaction to be complete.
The reaction was quenched and basified with K2CO3 aq.. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was purified by column chromatography (Et0Ac /Et0H = 20/1 as mobile phase) to give compound I-69a (0.22 g, 18%, M+H = 563.5).
Example 69 Synthesis of N-(3-424(2,2-dioxido-1,3-dihydrobenzo[e]isothiazol-5-yl)amino)-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-70a) HN

N
CI N

H2, Pt02 N Pd2(dba)3, X-phos NO2 THE 0 NH2 K2CO3, t-BuOH

H
OHN = N N
I-70a Synthesis of 5-amino-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c]isothiazole 2,2-dioxide (2):
[00449] A mixture of 1 (180 mg, synthesized according to W02005/12295) and Pt02 (10 mg) in TI-TF (4 mL) was hydrogenated with hydrogen balloon at room temperature overnight.
TLC indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite .
The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 2 (0.11 g), which was used for the next step without further purification.
Synthesis of N-(3-424(2,2-dioxido-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c]isothiazol-5-yl)amino)-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-70a) [00450] Compound 2 (0.11 g), compound 3 (0.219 g), K2CO3 (0.22 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.02 g), dicyclohexyl triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (0.04 g) and t-BuOH (3 mL) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 7.5 h, TLC (DCM: Me0II =
10:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography (DCM/ Me0H = 50:1 as mobile phase) to afford compound I-70a (26 mg, 11.1%. M+11 =454.5) as a slight yellow solid.
Example 70 Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-(methyl(1-(methylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-3-yDamino)phenylamino)-911-purin-6-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (1-71a) H N

0 -phos 0 SNA

/ Pd2(dba)3 X
N K2CO3, t-BuOHN di N X
N N, µTHP 3 3N HCI a q N
Et0H (7-3 0111 ) N
I-71a N-(3-(2-(4-(methyl((S)-1-(methylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)aminolphenylamino)-9-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-y1)-9H-purin-6-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (3) [00451] Compound 1 (0.35 g), compound 2 (0.532 g), K2CO3 (0.362 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.064 g), dicyclohexyl (2,41,6'-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl) phosphine (0.063 g) and t-BuOH (10 mL) were sequentially added to the flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 5 h, TLC (DCM: Me0H =
25:1 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 inL). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford compound 3 (664 mg), which was used for next step without further purification.

Synthesis of (S)-N-(3-(2-(4-(methyl(1-(methylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-3-yDamino)phenylamino)-911-purin-6-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-71a) [00452] To a solution of compound 3 (1.4 g) in Et0II (20 mL) was IIC1 aq. (6 mL, 3N). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. TLC indicated the reaction to be complete.
The reaction was quenched and basified with K2CO3 aq.. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography (DCM/Me0H = 20/1 as mobile phase) to give compound I-71a (0.31 g, 53.88%, M+H+
=
549.6).
Example 71 Synthesis of (R)-N-(3-(2-(44(1-acetylpyrrolidin-3-y1)(methyl)amino)phenylamino)-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)aerylamide (I-72a) Si CH3I
____________________ 1.. 101 TEA .- 1101 CI). .
DMF,NaH DCM, r.t. DCM,TEA
HN (R) rt -30 C N (R) N (R) 0 C- rt CNBoc e'CNBoc ..
CNH

110 Fe / NH4 CI
... 0 THE! H20 N (R) 0 N (R) 0 N--/c reflux NH2 HNI'"- 0 y N c) H
, 0 I. Pd2(dba)3, X-phos N
__________________________________ . C.I.N 40 N.-1/4.N", ....I.\õ.0Me CI,)e K2CO3, f-BuOH N
H
0\
I-72a Synthesis of (R)-tert-butyl 3-(methyl(4-nitrophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-earboxylate (2) [00453] To a solution of (R)-tert-butyl 3-(4-nitrophenylamino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (1, 5.1 g) in .1.)1,11T: (50 mL) at 0 C. was sequentially added Nall- (0.6 g, 80%
dispersion in mineral oil) and CH3I (2.7 g). The resulting mixture was then stirred for 3 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with water, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude 2 (5,38 g) wa.s used directly in next step without further purification.
Synthesis of (R)-N-methyl-N-(4-nitrophenyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine (3) [00454] To the crude 2 (5.3 g) in DCM (15 mL) was added TEA (6.8 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature until TLC (petroleum ether/ ethyl acetate =1:3 as mobile phase) indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove most of TEA. The resulting residue was basified with NaHCO3 (aq, 30 mL) and extracted with EA (30 mL x4). The organic layers were combined, dried and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude 3 (4.54 g), which was used for next step without further purification.
(R)-1-(3-(methyl(4-nitrophenyl)amino)pyrrolidin-l-yeethanone (4) [00455] A solution of 3 (4.0 g), TEA (2.31 g) in Me0H (60 ml) at 0 C was slowly added acetyl chloride (1.84 g). The mixture was warmed up and stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h.
The reaction was quenched with water (30 mL) and extracted with DCM (25 mL
x4). The organic layers were combined, dried and concentrated to afford crude 4 (3.72 g), which was used for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of (R)-1-(3-04-aminophenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidin-l-yeethanone (5) [00456] A mixture of 4 (3.56 g) and Pd/C (310 mg, 10% activated on carbon) in THE (60 mL) was hydrogenated with hydrogen balloon at room temperature overnight.
After the reaction was complete indicated by TLC, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite . The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 5 (3.21 g), which was used for next step without further purification.

Synthesis of (R)-N-(3-(2-(4-01-acetylpyrrolidin-3-y1)(methyl)amino)phenylamino)-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide (I-72a) [00457] Compound 5 (3.21 g), compound 6 (4.26 g), K2CO3 (2.87 g), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.64 g), dicyclohexyl triisopropylbipheny1-2-y1) phosphine (0.65 g) and t-BuOH (80 mL) were sequentially added to the flask.
The reaction mixture was stirred at refluxing under N2 flow. After 17 h, TLC indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to 40-50 C, and then filtered through Celite . The celite layer was washed with ethyl acetate (50 mI,). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude was further purified by column chromatography (ethyl acetate/ Et0H = 20:1 as mobile phase) to afford compound I-72a (1.5 g, 22%, M+H+=503.6).
Example 72 Btk Tyr223 phosphorylation inhibition assays Material and Methods Cell culture and reagents [00458]Ramos cell line was obtained from the American Type Culture Collection and was maintained at 37 C with 5% CO2, in media supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum, penicillin (100 units/mL) and streptomycin (100 gginiL), Goat F(ab")2 Anti-Human IgM-UNLB
was obtained from SouthernBiotech.
Western blotting assay [00459] Ramos cells were treated with compounds at indicated doses for 45min at room temperature, followed by stimulation of 12 Kg/mL of IgM for 30min, and then lysed. Western blots were performed on the cell lysate using Phospho-Btk (Tyr223), Phospho-Btk (Tyr551), Btk, Phospho-PLC72 (Tyr1217), PLC72, Phospho-p44/42 MAPK (Erk1/2) (Thr202/Tyr204) and p44/42 MAPK (Erk1/2) antibodies (Cell Signaling Technology). The density of blotting band was acquired using ImageJ software, and the IC50 of Btk (Tyr223) phosphorylation was fitted using a non-linear regression model by GraphPad Prism version 4Ø

Pulse chase western blotting assay for irreversibility assessment of compound [00460] Ramos cells were treated with Compound I-I at 100 aNT for 45min. Cells were then re-suspended in compound free media and stimulated with 6 ug/mlIgM at 0, 4, 6 or 8 hours after compound removal. Cells were then lysed after 30 min IgM stimulation.
West blotting analysis were then performed.
Btk Target Site Occupancy ELISA assay [00461] Ramos cells were treated with Compound I-1 at indicated concentrations for 1 h, followed by stimulation with 6 ug/mI, of IgM for 30 min, and then lysed.
I,ysates were incubated with Compound 1-21 (biotin labeled) at a final concentration of luM
in a PBS, 0.05%
Tween-20, 1% BSA solution while shaking for lh at room temperature. Samples were transferred to a streptavidin-coated 96-well ELISA plate and mixed while shaking for lh at room temperature. The Btk antibody (BD 611116, 1:1000 dilution in PBS + 0.05%
Tween-20 +
0.5% BSA) was then applied and incubated for 1 h at room temperature. After wash, goat anti-mouse-HRP (Pierce 31432, 1:1000 dilution in PBS + 0.05% Tween-20 + 0.5% BSA) was added and incubated for 1 h at room temperature. The ELISA was developed with addition of tetramethyl benzidine (TMB) followed by Stop Solution and read at OD 450 nM.
Results Compounds significantly reduced the Btk Tyr223 phosphorylation in Ramos cells [00462] The results from this assay were shown in Table 1 below. Compounds having an activity designated as "A" provided an IC50 < 10 nM; compounds having an activity designated as "B" provided an 1050 10- 100 nM; compounds having an activity designated as "C" provided an IC50> 100 nM.
Table 1 Compound # BTK Inhibition [00463] Ramos cells were treated with compounds at indicated concentrations for 45 mins, and the phosphorylations of BTK and potential downstream effectors PLC72 and Erk were monitored. Most compounds dose-dependently inhibited the phosphorylation of BTK protein, Compound I-1 achieving the inhibition IC50 at 1.1 nM and Compound 1-2 achieving the inhibition 1050 at 5.0 nM.
Compounds I-1 and 1-2 irreversibly inhibited the BTK phosphorylation in Ramos cells [00464] Ramos cells were treated Compound 1-1 and Compound 1-2 at 100 TIM for 45 mins, and inhibition of BTK phosphorylation was monitored 4, 6 and 8 hrs post Compound 1-1 and Compound 1-2 removal. BTK remains inhibited up to 8 hrs after treatment with the covalent-bonded Compound 1:1 and Compound 1-2, indicating that Compound 1-1 and Compound 1-2 are strong irreversible inhibitors of BTK protein.
Compounds I-1 and 1-2 irreversibly inhibited the phosphorylation of the BTK in Ramos cells 1004651The BTK target site occupancy EL1SA was used to detect free BTK protein from Romas cells treated with increasing concentrations of Compounds As shown in Table 2 and Figure 3, compound I-1 dose-dependent occupancy of the BTK proteins correlates with its inhibitory activity of BU. kina.se, Etchievinsz IC50 at 0_5 nM, Table 2 Compound OD 450 free btK Tg.;
I-1 (nM) (average.) 3000 -0.0487 -689 750 -0.0456 -646 188 -0.0207 -290 47 0.0114 168 12 -0.0161 -224 3 0.1219 1747 0.7 0.1811 2592 0.2 0.1686 2414 0 0.3888 5560 Example 73 Material and Methods Cell culture and reagents [00466] All cell lines were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection and were maintained at 37 C with 5% CO2. Ramos cell line was maintained in media supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum, penicillin (100 units/mL) and streptomycin (100 Kg/mL). NK-92 cell line was maintained in media supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum and 10%
horse serum, penicillin (100 tniii4mL) and streptomycin (100 ng/m11,), IL-2 lOnginiL, Goat F(ab')2 Anti-Human IgM-UNLB was obtained from SouthernBiotech. IL-.2 was obtained from Peprotech.
Western blotting assay for Btk [00467] Ramos cells were treated with compounds at indicated doses for 45min at room temperature, followed by stimulation of 6 ug/mI, of anti-IgM for 30min, and then lysed.
Western blots were perfoimed on the cell lysate using Phospho-Btk (Tyr223), Phospho-Btk (Tyr551), Btk, Phospho-PLCy2 (Tyr1217), PLC72, Phospho-p44/42 MAPK (Erk1/2) (Thr202/Tyr204) and p44/42 MAPK (Erk1/2) antibodies (Cell Signaling Technology). The density of blotting band was acquired using ImageJ software, and the IC50 of Btk (Tyr223) phosphorylation was fitted using a non-linear regression model by GraphPad Prism.
Western blotting assay for Jak3 and Stat5 [00468] NK-92 cells were treated with compounds at the dosed indicated for 1 hour in incubator, followed by the IL-2 stimulation for 15 minutes. Cells were then collected and lysed to prepare the cellular extraction. Western blots were performed on cell lysate using Phospho-Jak3, Jak3, Phospho-Stat5, 5tat5 antibodies (Cell Signaling Technology). The intensity of blotting band was acquired using Image Lab ( Bio-Rad) software, and the IC50 of target was generated with GraphPad Prism.
Pulse chase western blotting assay to assess the binding property of compound [00469] Ramos cells were treated with Compounds at 100 nM for 45min. Cells were then re-suspended in compound free media and stimulated with 6 ug/mlanti-IgM at 0, 4, 6 or 8 hours after compound removal. Cells were then lysed after 30 min anti-IgM
stimulation. Western blotting analysis was then performed.

Btk Target Site Occupancy ELISA assay [00470] Ramos cells were treated with Compounds at indicated concentrations for 1 h, followed by stimulation with 6 lag/mL of anti-IgM for 30 mm, and then lysed.
Lysates were incubated with Compound 1-21 (biotin labeled) at a final concentration of 1 M
in a PBS, 0.05%
Tvveen-20, 1% BSA solution while shaking for lh at room temperature. Samples were transferred to a streptavidin-coated 96-well ELISA plate and mixed while shaking for lh at room temperature. The Btk antibody (BD 611116, 1:1000 diluted in PBS + 0.05%
Tween-20 +
0.5% BSA) was then applied and incubated for 1 h at room temperature. After wash, goat anti-mouse-HRP (Pierce 31432, 1:1000 diluted in PBS + 0.05% Tvveen-20 + 0.5% BSA) was added and incubated for 1 h at room temperature. The ELISA was developed with addition of tetramethylbenzidine (TMB) followed by Stop Solution and read at OD 450nM.
Results 1. Compounds significantly reduced the Btk Tyr223 phosphorylation in Ramos cells [00471] The results from western blotting assay for Btk were shown in Table 3 below.
Compounds having an activity designated as "A" provided an IC50 < 10 nM;
compounds having an activity designated as "B" provided an IC50 10- 100nM; compounds having an activity designated as "C" provided an IC50>100 nM. "N/A" means the compound has not been tested.
PCI-327265 was used as the positive control.
Table 3 Compound # Btk Inhibition A: <10 nM
B: 10-400 nM
C: > 100nM

1-14 _ 1-18 _ A

I-23a I-24a I-25a A
I-26a I-27a A
I-28a I-29a I-30a A
I-31a A
I-32a A
I-33a I-34a A
I-35a A
I-36a I-37a I-38a I-39a I-40a A
I-41a I-42a A
I-43a A
I-44a A
I-45a I-46a I-47a A
I-48a A
I-49a A
I-50a I-51a A
I-52a A
I-53a A
I-54a A
I-55a I-56a A
I-57a A
I-58a A
I-59a A
I-60a A
I-61a A
I-62a A
I-63a A
I-64a A
I-65a A
I-66a A
I-67a I-68a I-69a I-70a I-71a A
I-72a A
[00472] Exemplary western blotting image from several of the above compounds are listed below left panel in Figure 4, while PCI-32765 served as positive Btk inhibitor. IC50 curves are displayed in the right panel in Figure 4.
2. Compounds reduced the Jak3 phosphorylation in NK-92 cells [00473] The results from western blotting assay for Jak3 were shown in Table 4 below.
Compounds having an activity designated as "A" provided an 1050 <200 nM;
compounds having an activity designated as "B- provided an IC50 200-400 nM; compounds having an activity designated as "C" provided an IC50>400 nM.
Table 4 Compound # Jak3 inhibition A: < 200 nM
B: 200-400 nM
C: > 400 nM

I-25a 3. Compounds reduced the Stat5 phosphorylation in NK-92 cells [00474] The results from western blotting assay for Stat5 were shown in Table 5 below.
Compounds having an activity designated as "A" provided an IC50 <200 nM;
compounds having an activity designated as "B" provided an IC50 200-400 nM; compounds having an activity designated as "C" provided an IC50>400 nM.
Table 5 Compound # Stat5 inhibition A: <200 niVI
B: 200-400 nM
C: > 400 nM

I-23a I-25a I-30a A
I-31a I-32a I-33a I-34a I-35a I-36a I-37a I-38a I-39a I-40a I-41a I-42a I-43a I-44a I-45a I-46a I-47a I-48a I-49a I-50a I-51a I-52a I-53a I-54a I-56a I-57a I-58a 4. Pulse chase western blotting assay to assess the binding property of compounds [00475] As shown in Figures 5A and 5B, the result after compound I-1 and 1-2 treated and removal, long term effect of the inhibition was observed after compounds removal up to 8 hours.
This strong binding of the compound to the target enzyme indicates the strong binding of the compound I-1 and 1-2, which was chemically designed to covalently bind Btk protein at the specific position.
[00476] As shown in Figures 5A and 5B, compounds I-1 and 1-2 inhibited the Btk phosphorylation in Ramos cells after 8 hours of removal. Ramos cells were treated with Compound I-land Compound 1-2 at 100nivi for 45mins, and inhibition of Btk phosphorylation was monitored 4, 6 and 8hrs post Compound 1-1 and Compound 1-2 removal Btk remains inhibited up to 8hrs after treatment with the covalent-bonded Compound 1-1 and Compound 1-2, indicating that Compound 1-1 and Compound 1-2 are strong irreversible inhibitors of Btk protein.
5. Btk Target Site Occupancy EL1SA assay [00477] The &lc target site occupancy ELISA was used to detect free B Lk protein from R(.4nas cells treated with increasing concentrations of several compounds.
Compounds dose-dependent occupancy of the Btk proteins correlates with their inhibitory activity of Btk kinase as shown in Table 6 below and in Figures 6A-61_ Table 6 Compound # Btk Occupancy Assay (IC) A: <10 nM
B: 10-100 nM
C: > 10011M

1-25a A
1-58a A
[00478] The present invention is further illustrated by the following exemplary embodiments:
1. A compound of Formula (I):

HN A R-A
R5 X 14111 (I) N),\,õ,R3 wherein RI is H, or NReRd wherein 12' is H, C14 alkyl or 3-7 member cyclic ring, and Rd is H, C14 alkyl, optionally substituted with OZ, wherein Z is II or Ci4 alkyl; or 3-7 member cyclic ring substituted with Ra wherein Ra is Ci_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo;
R2 is H, halo, C14 alkyl, or C14 alkoxy;
R3 is II, halo, Ci4 alkyl, or C14 alkoxy;
R5 is H, halo, C14 alkyl, or Ci4 alkoxy;
R6 is H, halo, C14 alkyl, or C14 alkoxy; or RI and R5 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with 07, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl,; or RI and R2 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl,; or R2 and R6 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with 07, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl,; or R4 is C, alkenyl optionally substituted with C14 alkyl, -CH2OCH3, or -CH7N(CH3)2; and X is 0, C14 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, or NRb, wherein Rb is H, or C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, Y is CH optionally substituted with halo, or N, wherein at least one of R2, R3, R5 and R6 is not H;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. The compound of embodiment 1, wherein RI is H, and R2 and R6 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with OZ, wherein Z is II or Ci4 alkyl.
3. The compound of embodiment 1, wherein RI is NRcle and Re is methyl.
4. The compound of embodiment I, wherein R.1 is NReRd and R.' is 3-7 member cyclic ring.
5. The compound of embodiment 4, wherein the 3-7 member cyclic ring is C3 cyclic ring.

6. The compound of any of embodiments 3-5, wherein RI is C2 alkyl substituted with OZ, and Z is methyl.
7. The compound of embodiment 1, wherein Rl is 3-7 member cyclic ring substituted with 8. The compound of embodiment 7, wherein Ra.,Nr.Th Ra-NaNLA
R1 is or 9. The compound of embodiment 8, wherein RI is 10. The compound of embodiment 9, wherein Ra is Ci_4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo or Ci_4alkoxy.
11. The compound of embodiment 9 or 10, wherein Ra is C1_4 alkyl substituted with fluoro or Ci_s alkyl substituted with fluoro.
N.
Ra-Na' 12. The compound of embodiment 8, wherein RI is 13. The compound of embodiment 12, wherein Ra is C1_4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo or C14 alkoxy.
14. The compound of embodiment 12 or 13, wherein R3 is C1_4 alkyl substituted with fluoro or C1_8 alkyl substituted with fluoro.
15. The compound of any of embodiments 1-14, wherein R2 is H.

16. The compound of any of embodiments 1-14, wherein R2 is halo.
17. The compound of any of embodiments 1-14, wherein R2 is Ci4 alkyl or C14 alkoxy.
18. The compound of any of embodiments 1-14, wherein R5 is H.
19. The compound of any of embodiments 1-14, wherein R5 is halo.
20. The compound of any of claims 1-14, wherein R5 is C14 alkyl or C14 alkoxy.
21. The compound of any of embodiments 1-14, wherein R6 is H.
22. The compound of any of embodiments 1-14, wherein R6 is halo.
23. The compound of any of embodiments 1-14, wherein R6 is C14 alkyl or C14 alkoxy.
24. The compound of embodiment 1, wherein R1 and R5 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or Ci 4 alkyl.
25. The compound of embodiment 1, wherein 121 and R2 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl.
26. The compound of embodiment 1, wherein R2 and R6 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C1_4 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl.
27. The compound of any of embodiments 24-26, wherein the 3-7 member cyclic ring is a 5 member cyclic ring.
28. The compound of embodiment 27, wherein the 5 member cyclic ring is heterocyclic ring.

29. The compound of embodiment 28, wherein the 5 member heterocyclic ring comprises a N atom.
30. The compound of any of embodiments 24-29, wherein the C14 alkyl is C2 alkyl.
31. The compound of embodiment 30, wherein Z is methyl.
32. The compound of any of embodiments 1-31, wherein R3 is H.
33. The compound of any of embodiments 1-31, wherein R3 is halo.
34. The compound of any of embodiments 1-31, wherein R3 is C1_4 alkyl or C14 alkoxy.
35. The compound of any of embodiments 1-34, wherein R2, le, or R6 is H or halo and R3 is halo, C14 alkyl or C14 alkoxy.
36. The compound of any of embodiments 1-35, wherein R4 is unsubstituted C2 alkenyl.
37. The compound of any of embodiments 1-35, wherein R4 is C2 alkenyl substituted with C14 alkyl, -CH7OCH3, or -CH2N(CH3)2.
38. The compound of any of embodiments 1-37, wherein X is 0.
39. The compound of any of embodiments 1-37, wherein X is Ci4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo.
40. The compound of embodiment 39, wherein X is unsubstituted C14 alkyl.
41. The compound of embodiment 40, wherein X is CH2.
42. The compound of embodiment 39, wherein X is Ci4 alkyl substituted with halo.

43. The compound of embodiment 42, wherein X is CF.,.
44. The compound of any of embodiments 1-37, wherein X is NRb, and Rb is H, or C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo.
45. The compound of embodiment 44, wherein Rb is II.
46. The compound of embodiment 44, wherein Rb is C1_8 alkyl.
47. The compound of embodiment 46, wherein Rb is C14 alkyl.
48. The compound of embodiment 46 or 47, wherein C14 alkyl or C1_8 alkyl is substituted with halo.
49. The compound of any of embodiments 1-48, wherein Y is CH.
50. The compound of any of embodiments 1-48, wherein Y is CF or N.
51. The compound of embodiment 1, which is selected from the group consisting of compound I-1, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, I-5, 1-6, 1-7, 1-8, 1-9, 1-12, 1-13, 1-14, I-15, 1-16, I-17, 1-18, 1-19, 1-20, 1-21, 1-22, 1-23, 1-24, 1-25 and 1-41.
52. A compound of Formula (II):

(II) wherein RI is H, or NRcle wherein RC is H, C1_4 alkyl or 3-7 member cyclic ring, and Rd is H, C14 alkyl, optionally substituted with OZ, wherein Z is II or Ci_4 alkyl; or NReRf wherein Re is C1_4 alkyl, and Rf is 3-7 member cyclic ring optionally substituted with C1_4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo; or OR wherein Rg is C1_4 alkyl substituted with CH30-, CH3CH20-, CH3(0)2S-, CF30-, >-0 rµr.;
,or R2 is H, halo, C1_4 alkyl, or C1_4 alkoxy;
R3 is H, halo, C1_4 alkyl, or C1_4 alkoxy;
R5 is H, halo, Ci_4 alkyl, or C1_4 alkoxy;
R6 is H, halo, C14 alkyl, or C1_4 alkoxy; or RI and R5 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C1_4 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C1_4 alkyl,; or RI and R2 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl,; or R2 and R6 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or Ci4 alkyl,; or R4 is C2 alkenyl optionally substituted with C14 alkyl, -CH2OCH3, or -CH2N(CH3)2; and X is 0, C14 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, or NRb, wherein Rb is H, or C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, Y is CH optionally substituted with halo, or N, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
53. The compound of embodiment 52, wherein R is H, and R2 and R6 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or methyl.
54. The compound of embodiment 52, wherein R1 is NReRd and Re is methyl.
55. The compound of embodiment 52, wherein R1 is NReRd and Re is 3-7 member cyclic ring.
56. The compound of embodiment 55, wherein the 3-7 member cyclic ring is C3 cyclic ring.
57. The compound of any of embodiments 54-56, wherein Rd is C2 alkyl substituted with OZ, and Z is methyl.
58. The compound of embodiment 52, wherein Rl is NReRf, Re is C14 alkyl, and Rf is 3-7 member cyclic ring optionally substituted with C14 alkyl optionally substituted with halo.
59. The compound of embodiment 58, wherein the 3-7 member cyclic ring is 5 member cyclic ring.
60. The compound of embodiment 59, wherein the 5 member cyclic ring is heterocyclic ring.

61. The compound of embodiment 60, wherein the 5 member heterocyclic ring comprises a N atom.
62. The compound of any of embodiments 58-61, wherein the 3-7 member cyclic ring is substituted with FCH2CH2-.
63. The compound of embodiment 52, wherein Rl is ORg and Rg is C4 alkyl substituted with CH30-, CH3CH20-, CH3(0)2S-, CF30-, )4.5 ,or 64. The compound of embodiment 63, wherein the C14 alkyl is C2 alkyl.
65. The compound of any of enthodiments 52-64, wherein R2 is H.
66. The compound of any of embodiments 52-64, wherein R2 is halo.
67. The compound of any of embodiments 52-64, wherein R2 is C14 alkyl or Ci4 alkoxy.
68. The compound of any of embodiments 52-64, wherein R5 is H.
69. The compound of any of embodiments 52-64, wherein R5 is halo.
70. The compound of any of embodiments 52-64, wherein R5 is C14 alkyl or C14 alkoxy.
71. The compound of any of embodiments 52-64, wherein R6 is H.
72. The compound of any of embodiments 52-64, wherein R6 is halo.

73. The compound of any of embodiments 52-64, wherein R6 is C14 alkyl or Ci4 alkoxy.
74. The compound of embodiment 52, wherein Rl and R5 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or Ci4 alkyl.
75. The compound of embodiment 52, wherein le and R2 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is II or C14 alkyl.
76. The compound of embodiment 52, wherein R2 and R6 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl.
77. The compound of any of embodiments 74-76, wherein the 3-7 member cyclic ring is a 5 member cyclic ring.
78. The compound of embodiment 77, wherein the 5 member cyclic ring is heterocyclic ring.
79. The compound of embodiment 78, wherein the 5 member heterocyclic ring comprises a N atom.
80. The compound of any of embodiments 74-79, wherein the C14 alkyl is C, alkyl.
81. The compound of embodiment 80, wherein Z is methyl.
82. The compound of any of embodiments 52-81, wherein R3 is II.
83. The compound of any of embodiments 52-81, wherein R3 is halo.
84. The compound of any of embodiments 52-81, wherein R3 is C14 alkyl or C14 alkoxy.
85. The compound of any of embodiments 52-84, wherein R2, R5, or R6 is H or halo and R3 is halo, C14 alkyl or C14 alkoxy.

86. The compound of any of embodiments 52-85, wherein R4 is unsubstituted C2 alkenyl.
87. The compound of any of embodiments 52-85, wherein R4 is C2 alkenyl substituted with C1_4 alkyl, -CH2OCH3, or -CH2N(CH3)2.
88. The compound of any of embodiments 52-87, wherein X is 0.
89. The compound of any of embodiments 52-87, wherein X is C1_4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo.
90. The compound of embodiment 89, wherein X is unsubstituted C1_4 alkyl.
91. The compound of embodiment 90, wherein X is CH2.
92. The compound of embodiment 89, wherein X is C1_4 alkyl substituted with halo.
93. The compound of embodiment 92, wherein X is CF7.
94. The compound of any of embodiments 52-87, wherein X is NRb, and Rb is H, or C1_8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo.
95. The compound of embodiment 94, wherein Rb is H.
96. The compound of embodiment 94, wherein Rb is C1_8 alkyl.
97. The compound of embodiment 96, wherein Rb is C14 alkyl.
98. The compound of embodiment 96 or 97, wherein C14 alkyl or C1_8 alkyl is substituted with halo.

99. The compound of any of embodiments 52-98, wherein Y is CH.
100. The compound of any of embodiments 52-98, wherein Y is CF.
101. The compound of any of embodiments 52-98, wherein Y is N.
102. The compound of embodiment 52, wherein Rl is ORg wherein Rg is C1_4 alkyl substituted with CH30-, CH3CH20-, CH3(0)2S-, CF30-, >--0 ).srs , or and R2, R3, le and R6 are H.
103. The compound of embodiment 102, wherein Rg is C2 alkyl substituted with CII30-.
104. The compound of any of embodiments 52-103, wherein at least one of RI, R2, R3, le and R6 is not H.
105. The compound of embodiment 52, which is selected from the group consisting of compound I-10. I-11. 1-26, 1-27, 1-28, 1-29, 1-30, 1-31, 1-32, 1-33, 1-34, 1-35, 1-36, 1-37, 1-38, I-39, and 1-40.
106. A phaimaceutical composition comprising a compound of any of embodiments admixed with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
107. A compound according to any of embodiments 1-105 for use in therapy.
108. A method for treating and/or preventing a proliferation disorder, a cancer, a tumor, an inflammatory disease, an autoimmune disease, psoriasis, dry eye or an immunologically related disease, which comprises administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of any of embodiments 1-105 or a pharmaceutical composition of embodiment 106.

109. Use of a compound according to any of embodiments 1-105 for the manufacture of a medicament.
110. A combination for treating and/or preventing a proliferation disorder, a cancer, a tumor, an inflammatory disease, an autoimmune disease, psoriasis, dry eye or an immunologically related disease in a subject, which combination comprises an effective amount of a compound of any of embodiments 1-105, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and an effective amount of a second prophylactic or therapeutic agent for treating and/or preventing a proliferation disorder, a cancer, a tumor, an inflammatory disease, an autoimmune disease, psoriasis, dry eye or an immunologically related disease in a subject.
111. A method for treating and/or preventing a proliferation disorder, a cancer, a tumor, an inflammatory disease, an autoimmune disease, psoriasis, dry eye or an immunologically related disease in a subject, which methods comprises administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of the combination of embodiment 110.
112. A method for inhibiting an activity of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk or BTK) or a Janus kinase (JAK) in a cell or subject, which methods comprises administering to a cell or subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of any of embodiments 1-105, or a phaimaceutical composition of claim 106, or a combination of embodiment 110.
113. The method of embodiment 112, wherein the JAK is JAK1, JAK2 or JAK3.
114. The method of embodiment 112 or 113, which is used for treating and/or preventing a proliferation disorder, a cancer, a tumor, an inflammatory disease, an autoimmune disease, psoriasis, dry eye or an immunologically related disease in the subject.
115. The method of embodiment 114, wherein the proliferation disorder is selected from the group consisting of sarcoma, epideimoid cancer, fibrosarcoma, cervical cancer, gastric carcinoma, skin cancer, leukemia, lymphoma, lung cancer, non- small cell lung cancer, colon cancer, CNS cancer, melanoma, ovarian cancer, renal cancer, prostate cancer, breast cancer, liver cancer, head and neck cancers, and pancreatic cancer.
116. The method of any of embodiments 112-115, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of compound I-1, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, 1-6, 1-7, 1-8, 1-9, I-10, I-11, 1-12, I-13, 1-14, 1-15, 1-16, 1-17, 1-18, 1-19, 1-20, 1-21, 1-22, 1-23, 1-24, 1-25, 1-26, 1-27, 1-28, 1-29, I-30, I-31, 1-32, 1-33, 1-34, 1-35, 1-36, 1-37, 1-38, 1-39, 1-40, and 1-41.
117. A compound of Formula (III):

R6 (III) wherein R a, N
RI is e wherein Ra is CO-C4 alkyl-CONH-(C1 4 alkyl-0).-C14 alkyl-NH-(Detectable Label), m being an integer 1-4;
R2 is H, halo, Ci_4 alkyl, or C1_4 alkoxy;
R3 is II, halo, Ci _4 alkyl, or C1_4 alkoxy;

R5 is H, halo, C14 alkyl, or C1_4 alkoxy;
R6 is H, halo, C14 alkyl, or C14 alkoxy; or RI and R5 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or Ci4 alkyl,; or RI and R2 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl,; or R2 and R6 are part of 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with C14 alkyl substituted with OZ, wherein Z is H or C14 alkyl,; or R4 is C2 alkenyl optionally substituted with C14 alkyl, -CH2OCH3, or -CH2NICH3/2; and X is 0, C14 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, or NRb, wherein Rb is H, or Ci_g alkyl optionally substituted with halo, Y is CH optionally substituted with halo, or N, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
118. The compound of embodiment 117, wherein in Ra CI 4 alkyl is C2 alkyl.
119. The compound of embodiment 117 or 118, wherein m is 3.
120. The compound of any of embodiments 117-119, wherein the Detectable Label is biotin.
121. The compound of embodiment 117, which is compound 1-42.
122. A compound according to any of embodiments 117-121 for use in testing.
i004791 The detailed description set-forth above is provided to aid those skilled in the art in practicing the present invention. However, the invention described and claimed herein is not to be limited in scope by the specific embodiments herein disclosed because these embodiments are intended as illustration of several aspects of the invention. Any equivalent embodiments are intended to be within the scope of this invention. Indeed, various modifications of the invention in addition to those shown and described herein will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description which do not depart from the spirit or scope of the present inventive discovery. Such modifications are also intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims.
1004801 Citation of a reference herein shall not be construed as an admission that such is prior art to the present invention.

Claims (68)

CLAIMS:
1. A compound of Formula (Ia):
wherein R1 is NR c R d wherein R c is a 3-7 member cyclic ring, said 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with OZ or NR11R12, wherein Z, R11, R12 are independently H or C1-4 alkyl, or said 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with C1-4 alkyl that is further optionally substituted with OZ or NR11R12, wherein Z, R11, R12 are independently H or C1-4 alkyl, or said 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with SO2(CH2)q H, wherein q is 1-4, or said 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with C1-4 alkyl that is further optionally substituted with SO2(CH2)q H, wherein q is 1-4, or said 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with R8CO, wherein R8 is C1-4 alkyl, and R d is H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, or 3-7 member cyclic ring, said C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl or 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with OZ or NR11R12, wherein Z, R11, R12 are independently H or C1-4 alkyl;R2 is absent, H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NR11R12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or C1-4 alkyl;
R3 is C1-4 alkoxy;
R5 is absent, H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NR11R12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or C1-4 alkyl;
R6 is H, halo, C1-4alkyl, C2-4 alkoxy; or alkylamine (NR11R12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or C1-4 alkyl;
R7 is H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NR11R12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or C1-4 alkyl;
R9 is H, hydroxyl, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NR11R12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or C1-4 alkyl;
RI is H, hydroxyl, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, or alkylamine (NR11R12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or C1-4 alkyl;
R4 is C2 alkenyl optionally substituted with C1-4 alkyl, -CH2OCH3, or -CH2N(CH3)2;
X is O, C1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, or NR b, wherein R b is H, or C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo;
Y is C, CH optionally substituted with halo, or N; and A is C, CH optionally substituted with halo or N;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein R1 is NR c R d and R c is 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with OZ or NR11R12, wherein Z, R11, R12 are independently H or C1 alkyl.
3. The compound of claim 1, wherein R1 is NR c R d and R c is 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with C1-4 alkyl that is further optionally substituted with OZ or NR11R12, wherein Z, R11, R12 are independently H or C1-4 alkyl.
4. The compound of claim 1, wherein R1 is NRcRd and RC is 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with SO2(CH2)q H, wherein q is 1-4.
5. The compound of claim 4, wherein the 3-7 member cyclic ring is a 5 member cyclic ring that comprises a N atom, the H linked to the N atom is substituted with SO2(CH2)q H, wherein q is 1-4.
6. The compound of claim 5, wherein q is 1.
7. The compound of claim 1, wherein R1 is NR c R d and R c is 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with C1-4 alkyl that is further optionally substituted with SO2(CH2)q H, wherein q is 1-4.
8. The compound of claim 7, wherein the 3-7 member cyclic ring is a 5 member cyclic ring that comprises a N atom, the H linked to the N atom is substituted with C1-4 alkyl that is further substituted with SO2(CH2)q H, wherein q is 1-4.
9. The compound of claim 8, wherein the H linked to the N atom is substituted with C2 alkyl that is further substituted with SO2CH3.
10. The compound of claim 1, wherein R.1 is NR c R d and R c is 3-7 member cyclic ring being optionally substituted with R8CO, wherein R8 is C1-4alkyl.
11. The compound of claim 10, wherein R1 is NR c R d and R c is a 5 member cyclic ring that comprises a N atom, the H linked to the N atom is substituted with R8CO, wherein R8 is C1-4 alkyl.
12. The compound of claim 11, wherein the H linked to the N atom is substituted with CH3CO.
13. The compound of any one of claims 2 to 12, wherein R d is H.
14. The compound of any one of claims 2 to 12, wherein R d is C1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted with OZ or NR11R12, wherein Z, R11, R12 are independently H or C1-4 alkyl.
15. The compound of any one of claims 2 to 12, wherein R d is C1-4alkenyl, optionally substituted with OZ or NR11R12, wherein Z, R11, R12 are independently H or C1-4 alkyl.
16. The compound of any one of claims 2 to 12, wherein R d is 3-7 member cyclic ring, optionally substituted with OZ or NR11R12, wherein Z, R11, R12 are independently H or C1-4 alkyl.
17. The compound of claim 16, wherein R c is a 5 member cyclic ring that comprises a N
atom, the H linked to the N atom is substituted with C1-4 alkyl that is further substituted with OZ, wherein Z is independently C1-4 alkyl, and R d is 3-7 member cyclic ring.
18. The compound of claim 1, wherein R1 is a 3-7 member cyclic ring substituted with R a wherein R a is C2-4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, C1-4 alkoxy or SO2(CH2)q H, wherein q is 1-4.
19. The compound of claim 18, wherein the 3-7 member cyclic ring comprises a N atom.
20. The compound of claim 19, wherein the 3-7 member cyclic ring is substituted at the N
atom with SO2(CH2)q H, wherein q is 1-4.
21. The compound of any one of claims 18 to 20, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of , R a is C2-4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, C1-4 alkoxy or SO2(CH2)q H, wherein q is 1-4, and R b is H or C1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, C1-4 alkoxy or SO2(CH2)q H, wherein q is 1-4.
22. The compound of claim 21, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of
23. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 22, wherein R2 is H or halo.
24. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 22, wherein R2 is C1-4 alkyl or C2-4 alkoxy.
25. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 22, wherein R2 is alkylamine (NR11R12), and R11 and R12 are independently H or C1-4 alkyl.
26. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 25, wherein R5 is H.
27. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 25, wherein R5 is halo.
28. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 25, wherein R5 is C1-4 alkyl.
29. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 25, wherein R5 is C2-4 alkoxy.
30. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 25, wherein R5 is alkylamine (NR11R12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or C1-4alkyl.
31. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 30, wherein R6 is H.
32. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 30, wherein R6 is halo.
33. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 30, wherein R6 is C1-4 alkyl.
34. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 30, wherein R6 is C2,4 alkoxy.
35. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 30, wherein R6 is alkylamine (NR11R12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or C1-4 alkyl.
36. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 35, wherein R7 is H.
37. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 35, wherein R7 is halo.
38. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 35, wherein R7 is C1-4 alkyl.
39. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 35, wherein R7 is C2-4 alkoxy.
40. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 35, wherein R7 is alkylamine (NR11R12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or C1-4 alkyl.
41. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 40, wherein R9 is H.
42. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 40, wherein R9 is hydroxyl.
43. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 40, wherein R9 is halo.
44. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 40, wherein R9 is C1-4 alkyl.
45. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 40, wherein R9 is C1-4alkoxy.
46. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 40, wherein R9 is C1-4alkylamine (NR11R12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or C1-4 alkyl.
47. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 46, wherein R10 is H.
48. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 46, wherein R10 is hydroxyl.
49. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 46, wherein R10 is halo.
50. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 46, wherein R10 is C1-4 alkyl.
51. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 46, wherein R10 is C1-4alkoxy.
52. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 46, wherein R10 is alkylamine (NR11R12), wherein R11 and R12 are independently H or C1-4alkyl.
53. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 52, wherein R4 is unsubstituted C2 alkenyl.
54. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 52, wherein R4 is C2 alkenyl substituted with C1-4alkyl.
55. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 52, wherein R4 is C2 alkenyl substituted with -CH2OCH3.
56. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 52, wherein R4 is C2 alkenyl substituted with -CH2N(CH3)2.
57. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 56, wherein X is O.
58. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 56, wherein X is unsubstituted C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 alkyl substituted with halo.
59. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 56, wherein X is NR b, and R b is H, or C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo.
60. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 59, wherein Y is C.
61. The compound of claim 60, wherein Y is CH or CH substituted with halo.
62. The compound of claim 60, wherein Y is N.
63. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 62, wherein A is C.
64. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 62, wherein A is N.
65. The compound of claim 1, which is selected from the group consisting of compound
66. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of claims 1 to 65, admixed with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
67. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 65, for treating a proliferation disorder, a cancer, a tumor, an inflammatory disease, an autoimmune disease, psoriasis, dry eye or an immunologically related disease, or lupus.
68. A
combination for treating and/or preventing a proliferation disorder, a cancer, a tumor, an inflammatory disease, an autoimmune disease, psoriasis, dry eye or an immunologically related disease or lupus in a subject, which combination comprises an effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 65, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and an effective amount of a second prophylactic or therapeutic agent for treating and/or preventing a proliferation disorder, a cancer, a tumor, an inflammatory disease, an autoimmune disease, psoriasis, dry eye or an immunologically related disease or lupus in a subject.
CA2917364A 2013-07-11 2014-07-11 Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof Active CA2917364C (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201361845342P 2013-07-11 2013-07-11
US61/845,342 2013-07-11
US201461923179P 2014-01-02 2014-01-02
US61/923,179 2014-01-02
PCT/US2014/046442 WO2015006754A2 (en) 2013-07-11 2014-07-11 Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CA2917364A1 CA2917364A1 (en) 2015-01-15
CA2917364C true CA2917364C (en) 2020-09-29

Family

ID=51298956

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CA2917364A Active CA2917364C (en) 2013-07-11 2014-07-11 Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof

Country Status (17)

Country Link
US (1) US10562918B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3019496B1 (en)
JP (1) JP6564771B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102173433B1 (en)
CN (3) CN105916851A (en)
AU (1) AU2014287016B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112016000195A8 (en)
CA (1) CA2917364C (en)
DK (1) DK3019496T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2761572T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1223351A1 (en)
IL (1) IL243420A0 (en)
MX (1) MX368491B (en)
NZ (1) NZ715687A (en)
RU (1) RU2677653C2 (en)
SG (1) SG11201600062RA (en)
WO (1) WO2015006754A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (53)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8754114B2 (en) 2010-12-22 2014-06-17 Incyte Corporation Substituted imidazopyridazines and benzimidazoles as inhibitors of FGFR3
US9034885B2 (en) 2012-01-13 2015-05-19 Acea Biosciences Inc. EGFR modulators and uses thereof
CA2861010A1 (en) 2012-01-13 2013-07-18 Xiao Xu Heterocyclic compounds and uses as anticancer agents
US9464089B2 (en) 2012-01-13 2016-10-11 Acea Biosciences Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
ES2704744T3 (en) 2012-06-13 2019-03-19 Incyte Holdings Corp Substituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors
WO2014026125A1 (en) 2012-08-10 2014-02-13 Incyte Corporation Pyrazine derivatives as fgfr inhibitors
US9266892B2 (en) 2012-12-19 2016-02-23 Incyte Holdings Corporation Fused pyrazoles as FGFR inhibitors
CN109776525B (en) 2013-04-19 2022-01-21 因赛特控股公司 Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors
CN105916851A (en) 2013-07-11 2016-08-31 艾森生物科学公司 Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
RU2718876C2 (en) 2013-08-23 2020-04-15 Ньюфарма, Инк. Certain chemical compounds, compositions and methods
EP3205650B1 (en) * 2014-10-11 2021-08-04 Shanghai Hansoh Biomedical Co., Ltd. Egfr inhibitor, and preparation and application thereof
US10851105B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2020-12-01 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors
CN105884695B (en) * 2015-02-13 2019-02-26 山东轩竹医药科技有限公司 Heterocyclic derivatives species tyrosine kinase inhibitor
US9580423B2 (en) 2015-02-20 2017-02-28 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors
AU2016219822B2 (en) 2015-02-20 2020-07-09 Incyte Holdings Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors
MA41551A (en) 2015-02-20 2017-12-26 Incyte Corp BICYCLIC HETEROCYCLES USED AS FGFR4 INHIBITORS
EP3273966B1 (en) 2015-03-27 2023-05-03 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Inhibitors of cyclin-dependent kinases
CN106146515B (en) * 2015-04-17 2020-09-04 常州隆赛医药科技有限公司 Preparation and application of novel kinase inhibitor
KR101778004B1 (en) * 2015-06-22 2017-09-15 (주) 에빅스젠 A Pharmaceutical Composition For Preventing and Treating Dry Eye Syndrome And Eye Disease With Dry Eye Syndrome Comprising Imatinib
EP3319960B1 (en) * 2015-07-09 2020-11-18 Merck Patent GmbH Pyrimidine derivatives as btk inhibitors and uses thereof
US10533011B2 (en) * 2015-10-09 2020-01-14 ACEA Therapeutics, Inc. Pharmaceutical salts, physical forms, and compositions of pyrrolopyrimidine kinase inhibitors, and methods of making same
CN106608868A (en) * 2015-10-21 2017-05-03 复旦大学 5-(thioether)pyrimidine compound, pharmaceutical composition and applications thereof
KR20170050453A (en) * 2015-10-30 2017-05-11 한미약품 주식회사 Novel process for preparing thienopyrimidine compound and intermediates used therein
WO2017097113A1 (en) * 2015-12-10 2017-06-15 深圳市塔吉瑞生物医药有限公司 Aminopyrimidine compounds for inhibiting acitivity of protein tyrosine kinase
US10961247B2 (en) 2016-06-30 2021-03-30 Daewoong Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyrazolopyrimidine derivatives as kinase inhibitor
EP3497087B1 (en) 2016-08-15 2021-11-10 Neupharma, Inc. Pyrrolo[1,2-c]pyrimidine, imidazo[1,5-c]pyrimidine, quinazoline, purine and imidazo[1,5-a][1,3,5]triazine derivatives as tyrosine kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
CN106749042B (en) * 2016-11-16 2019-01-22 大连医科大学 Sulfoamido pyrimidines, composition and purposes
KR20180075228A (en) * 2016-12-26 2018-07-04 한미약품 주식회사 Novel Process and Intermediates for Preparing Thienopyrimidine Compound
CA3048376A1 (en) 2016-12-27 2018-07-05 Riken Bmp-signal-inhibiting compound
WO2018139883A1 (en) * 2017-01-26 2018-08-02 부광약품 주식회사 Fused pyrimidine derivative as multi-target kinase inhibitor
JP7164203B2 (en) * 2017-02-08 2022-11-01 中国医▲薬▼研究▲開▼▲発▼中心有限公司 Pyrrolo aromatic heterocyclic compound, method for producing same, and medical use
CN111212837A (en) * 2017-04-07 2020-05-29 艾森医药公司 Pharmaceutical salts, physical forms and compositions of pyrrolopyrimidine kinase inhibitors and methods of making the same
AR111960A1 (en) 2017-05-26 2019-09-04 Incyte Corp CRYSTALLINE FORMS OF A FGFR INHIBITOR AND PROCESSES FOR ITS PREPARATION
KR20190043437A (en) 2017-10-18 2019-04-26 씨제이헬스케어 주식회사 Heterocylic compound as a protein kinase inhibitor
BR112020022392A2 (en) 2018-05-04 2021-02-02 Incyte Corporation solid forms of a fgfr inhibitor and processes for preparing them
MX2020011639A (en) 2018-05-04 2021-02-15 Incyte Corp Salts of an fgfr inhibitor.
US20210309642A1 (en) * 2018-08-09 2021-10-07 ACEA Therapeutics, Inc. Process for Manufacture of (S)-N-(3-((2-((4-((1-acetylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)phenyl)amino)-5-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)acrylamide, and Formulations Thereof
WO2020185532A1 (en) 2019-03-08 2020-09-17 Incyte Corporation Methods of treating cancer with an fgfr inhibitor
US11591329B2 (en) 2019-07-09 2023-02-28 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors
IL291901A (en) 2019-10-14 2022-06-01 Incyte Corp Bicyclic heterocycles as fgfr inhibitors
WO2021076728A1 (en) 2019-10-16 2021-04-22 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as fgfr inhibitors
CA3159110A1 (en) * 2019-11-22 2021-05-27 Kevin X Chen Pyrimidopyrrole spiro compounds and derivatives thereof as dna-pk inhibitors
WO2021113479A1 (en) 2019-12-04 2021-06-10 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic heterocycles as fgfr inhibitors
KR20220131900A (en) 2019-12-04 2022-09-29 인사이트 코포레이션 Derivatives of FGFR inhibitors
CN111018842B (en) * 2019-12-04 2021-02-12 宜春市人民医院 Azolopyrimidine derivative, pharmaceutical composition thereof and application thereof in tumor resistance
WO2021146424A1 (en) 2020-01-15 2021-07-22 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heterocycles as fgfr inhibitors
CN111848631B (en) * 2020-08-28 2022-04-19 四川大学华西医院 Pyrrolo [2,3-d ] pyrimidine derivative targeting EGFR mutation and preparation method and application thereof
WO2022140246A1 (en) 2020-12-21 2022-06-30 Hangzhou Jijing Pharmaceutical Technology Limited Methods and compounds for targeted autophagy
CA3215903A1 (en) 2021-04-12 2022-10-20 Incyte Corporation Combination therapy comprising an fgfr inhibitor and a nectin-4 targeting agent
EP4352059A1 (en) 2021-06-09 2024-04-17 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic heterocycles as fgfr inhibitors
CN114184671B (en) * 2021-12-09 2024-02-06 中国石油大学(北京) Method for determining the number of adsorption layers of a surfactant on a rock surface
KR20240128695A (en) * 2021-12-21 2024-08-26 위겐 바이오메더슨 테크널러지 (상하이) 컴퍼니 리미티드 Compounds as FAK inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2024092047A1 (en) * 2022-10-26 2024-05-02 Sorrento Therapeutics, Inc. Administration of pyrrolopyrimidine-based kinase inhibitors for treatment of psoriasis

Family Cites Families (64)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3974277A (en) 1974-09-06 1976-08-10 Diamond Shamrock Corporation 2-[2-(5-Nitro-2-furyl)vinyl]-4-(anilino)quinazolines as growth promotants and feed efficiency enhancing agents
EP1230225A2 (en) 1999-11-01 2002-08-14 Eli Lilly And Company Pharmaceutically active 4-substituted pyrimidine derivatives
ATE475652T1 (en) 2001-02-21 2010-08-15 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corp QUINAZOLINE DERIVATIVES
US6881737B2 (en) 2001-04-11 2005-04-19 Amgen Inc. Substituted triazinyl acrylamide derivatives and methods of use
WO2003026665A1 (en) 2001-09-26 2003-04-03 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation 2-phenylamino-4-(5-pyrazolylamino)-pyrimidine derivatives as kinase inhibitors, in particular, src kinase inhibitors
US7468255B2 (en) 2002-12-20 2008-12-23 Acea Biosciences Method for assaying for natural killer, cytotoxic T-lymphocyte and neutrophil-mediated killing of target cells using real-time microelectronic cell sensing technology
JP4745056B2 (en) 2002-07-20 2011-08-10 アセア バイオサイエンシーズ，インク． Apparatus and method for measuring cells and fine particles by impedance
US7560269B2 (en) 2002-12-20 2009-07-14 Acea Biosciences, Inc. Real time electronic cell sensing system and applications for cytotoxicity profiling and compound assays
US7470533B2 (en) 2002-12-20 2008-12-30 Acea Biosciences Impedance based devices and methods for use in assays
US7732127B2 (en) 2002-12-20 2010-06-08 Acea Biosciences, Inc. Dynamic monitoring of cell adhesion and spreading using the RT-CES system
US7192752B2 (en) 2002-12-20 2007-03-20 Acea Biosciences Real time electronic cell sensing systems and applications for cell-based assays
US20050288503A1 (en) 2002-09-06 2005-12-29 Adams Jerry L Novel compounds
TW200416034A (en) 2002-11-15 2004-09-01 Mitsubishi Pharma Corp Medicinal composition
US7504509B2 (en) 2003-12-19 2009-03-17 Plexxikon, Inc. Compounds and methods for development of Ret modulators
PT1704145E (en) 2004-01-12 2012-09-04 Ym Biosciences Australia Pty Selective kinase inhibitors
JP2007526339A (en) 2004-03-02 2007-09-13 ニューロジェン・コーポレーション Aryl-substituted purine analogues
JP2008503473A (en) 2004-06-17 2008-02-07 プレキシコン，インコーポレーテッド Compounds that modulate C-KIT activity
EP1773826A4 (en) 2004-07-02 2009-06-03 Exelixis Inc C-met modulators and method of use
WO2007039404A1 (en) 2005-09-21 2007-04-12 Nycomed Gmbh Novel sulphonylpyrroles as inhibitors of hdac s novel sulphonylpyrroles
JP2009511528A (en) 2005-10-13 2009-03-19 グラクソ グループ リミテッド Pyrrolopyrimidine derivatives as Syk inhibitors
KR100832594B1 (en) 2005-11-08 2008-05-27 한미약품 주식회사 Quinazoline derivatives as an multiplex inhibitor and method for the preparation thereof
GB0526246D0 (en) 2005-12-22 2006-02-01 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
AU2007224162A1 (en) 2006-03-03 2007-09-13 Aveo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Processes for synthesizing 7-alkynyl-4-aminoquinazolines and a related intermediate
BRPI0709699A2 (en) 2006-03-29 2011-07-26 Foldrx Pharmaceuticals Inc inhibition of alpha synuclein toxicity
US8314234B2 (en) 2006-09-25 2012-11-20 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Bicyclic pyrimidine kinase inhibitors
AU2007333394C1 (en) 2006-12-08 2011-08-18 Novartis Ag Compounds and compositions as protein kinase inhibitors
CN101622001A (en) 2007-01-26 2010-01-06 Irm责任有限公司 The purine compound and the compositions that are used for the treatment of plasmodium related diseases as inhibitors of kinases
JP5539734B2 (en) 2007-01-31 2014-07-02 ワイエム・バイオサイエンシズ・オーストラリア・ピーティーワイ・リミテッド Thiopyrimidine-based compounds and uses thereof
TWI377944B (en) 2007-06-05 2012-12-01 Hanmi Holdings Co Ltd Novel amide derivative for inhibiting the growth of cancer cells
WO2009017838A2 (en) 2007-08-01 2009-02-05 Exelixis, Inc. Combinations of jak-2 inhibitors and other agents
US7981903B2 (en) 2007-08-08 2011-07-19 Glaxosmithkline Llc 2-[2-{phenylamino}-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-D]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino] benzamide derivatives as IGF-1R inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
WO2009032703A1 (en) 2007-08-28 2009-03-12 Irm Llc 2- (het) arylamino-6-aminopyridine derivatives and fused forms thereof as anaplastic lymphoma kinase inhibitors
TWI552752B (en) 2007-10-19 2016-10-11 賽基艾維洛米斯研究股份有限公司 Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
US7989465B2 (en) 2007-10-19 2011-08-02 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. 4,6-disubstituted pyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
JP2011518219A (en) 2008-04-22 2011-06-23 ポートラ ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッド Inhibitors of protein kinases
EP2300013B1 (en) 2008-05-21 2017-09-06 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phosphorous derivatives as kinase inhibitors
US8338439B2 (en) * 2008-06-27 2012-12-25 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. 2,4-disubstituted pyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
JP2011526299A (en) * 2008-06-27 2011-10-06 アビラ セラピューティクス， インコーポレイテッド Heteroaryl compounds and their use
WO2010045451A1 (en) 2008-10-16 2010-04-22 Glaxosmithkline Llc Pyrrolopyrimidine compounds
TW201041892A (en) 2009-02-09 2010-12-01 Supergen Inc Pyrrolopyrimidinyl Axl kinase inhibitors
CA2760794C (en) * 2009-05-05 2017-07-25 Dana Farber Cancer Institute Egfr inhibitors and methods of treating disorders
EP2491297B8 (en) * 2009-10-22 2017-04-19 Premium Electronic Co., Limited Signaling system having improved contrast ratio
WO2011079231A1 (en) * 2009-12-23 2011-06-30 Gatekeeper Pharmaceutical, Inc. Compounds that modulate egfr activity and methods for treating or preventing conditions therewith
CN102639936B (en) 2009-12-28 2016-05-04 巴西石油公司 High-performance combustion apparatus and for the production of the fluid catalytic cracking technique of pumice wax
WO2011140338A1 (en) 2010-05-05 2011-11-10 Gatekeeper Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds that modulate egfr activity and methods for treating or preventing conditions therewith
LT2975042T (en) * 2010-06-23 2019-01-25 Hanmi Science Co., Ltd. Novel fused pyrimidine derivatives for inhibition of tyrosine kinase activity
EP2635285B1 (en) * 2010-11-01 2017-05-03 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
NZ609957A (en) 2010-11-01 2015-08-28 Celgene Avilomics Res Inc Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
WO2012064706A1 (en) * 2010-11-10 2012-05-18 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. Mutant-selective egfr inhibitors and uses thereof
CN102583089B (en) 2011-01-11 2015-11-25 山东新北洋信息技术股份有限公司 Laminated medium processing unit
KR20130131461A (en) 2011-03-07 2013-12-03 폰다지오네 텔레톤 Tfeb variants and uses thereof
EP2694486B1 (en) 2011-04-01 2018-01-10 University of Utah Research Foundation Substituted n-(3-(pyrimidin-4-yl)phenyl)acrylamide analogs as tyrosine receptor kinase btk inhibitors
JP5999177B2 (en) * 2011-05-04 2016-09-28 アリアド・ファーマシューティカルズ・インコーポレイテッド Compound for inhibiting cell proliferation of EGFR-activated cancer
US8828391B2 (en) 2011-05-17 2014-09-09 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Method for EGFR directed combination treatment of non-small cell lung cancer
MX355728B (en) * 2011-05-17 2018-04-27 Univ California Kinase inhibitors.
US9034885B2 (en) 2012-01-13 2015-05-19 Acea Biosciences Inc. EGFR modulators and uses thereof
US9464089B2 (en) * 2012-01-13 2016-10-11 Acea Biosciences Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9586965B2 (en) 2012-01-13 2017-03-07 Acea Biosciences Inc. Pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine compounds as inhibitors of protein kinases
CA2861010A1 (en) 2012-01-13 2013-07-18 Xiao Xu Heterocyclic compounds and uses as anticancer agents
ES2618007T3 (en) * 2012-08-06 2017-06-20 Acea Biosciences, Inc. New pyrrolopyrimidine compounds as protein kinase inhibitors
CN105916851A (en) 2013-07-11 2016-08-31 艾森生物科学公司 Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
CN104306348B (en) 2014-09-30 2017-05-31 地奥集团成都药业股份有限公司 A kind of Simvastatin Tablets and preparation method thereof
US10533011B2 (en) 2015-10-09 2020-01-14 ACEA Therapeutics, Inc. Pharmaceutical salts, physical forms, and compositions of pyrrolopyrimidine kinase inhibitors, and methods of making same
CN111212837A (en) 2017-04-07 2020-05-29 艾森医药公司 Pharmaceutical salts, physical forms and compositions of pyrrolopyrimidine kinase inhibitors and methods of making the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2016528209A (en) 2016-09-15
EP3019496B1 (en) 2019-09-11
MX2016000261A (en) 2016-12-09
US20180251475A1 (en) 2018-09-06
BR112016000195A8 (en) 2019-12-31
KR102173433B1 (en) 2020-11-04
RU2016104388A3 (en) 2018-04-27
US10562918B2 (en) 2020-02-18
AU2014287016B2 (en) 2018-11-01
WO2015006754A3 (en) 2015-03-12
CA2917364A1 (en) 2015-01-15
DK3019496T3 (en) 2019-12-09
CN105916851A (en) 2016-08-31
RU2016104388A (en) 2017-08-16
MX368491B (en) 2019-10-04
JP6564771B2 (en) 2019-08-21
CN112592334B (en) 2023-10-27
RU2677653C2 (en) 2019-01-18
NZ715687A (en) 2019-04-26
WO2015006754A2 (en) 2015-01-15
KR20160037929A (en) 2016-04-06
EP3019496A2 (en) 2016-05-18
SG11201600062RA (en) 2016-02-26
CN117486865A (en) 2024-02-02
HK1223351A1 (en) 2017-07-28
AU2014287016A1 (en) 2016-02-04
ES2761572T3 (en) 2020-05-20
CN112592334A (en) 2021-04-02
IL243420A0 (en) 2016-02-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CA2917364C (en) Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9920074B2 (en) Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9938264B2 (en) Proteolysis targeting chimera compounds and methods of preparing and using same
JP7091596B2 (en) Compounds that are active against nuclear receptors
CN102816162B (en) Pyrimido-pyrimidine ketone compounds and medicinal compositions thereof and application
JP6035423B2 (en) Novel condensed pyrimidine compound or salt thereof
CN106456580B (en) Heterocyclic hydroxamic acids as protein deacetylase inhibitors and dual protein deacetylase-protein kinase inhibitors and methods of use thereof
JP2011510010A (en) 3H- [1,2,3] triazolo [4,5-d] pyrimidine compounds, their use as mTOR kinase and PI3 kinase inhibitors, and their synthesis
KR20210044822A (en) Pyrrolopyrimidine ITK inhibitor
JP2007517045A (en) Bicycloheteroarylamine compounds as ion channel ligands and methods of using them
CA2958671C (en) Imidazopyridazine compounds and their use
CN108368060B (en) Pyrimidine derivative kinase inhibitors
Chen et al. Structure-based design and synthesis of 2, 4-diaminopyrimidines as EGFR L858R/T790M selective inhibitors for NSCLC
CN107428762B (en) Phthalazinone derivatives, preparation method and use thereof
CA3225475A1 (en) Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
EEER Examination request

Effective date: 20180622